| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- NewGVN.cpp - Global Value Numbering Pass ---------------------------===// | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // | 
| Chandler Carruth | 2946cd7 | 2019-01-19 08:50:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | 
|  | 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | 
|  | 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | // | 
|  | 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | // | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | /// \file | 
|  | 10 | /// This file implements the new LLVM's Global Value Numbering pass. | 
|  | 11 | /// GVN partitions values computed by a function into congruence classes. | 
|  | 12 | /// Values ending up in the same congruence class are guaranteed to be the same | 
|  | 13 | /// for every execution of the program. In that respect, congruency is a | 
|  | 14 | /// compile-time approximation of equivalence of values at runtime. | 
|  | 15 | /// The algorithm implemented here uses a sparse formulation and it's based | 
|  | 16 | /// on the ideas described in the paper: | 
|  | 17 | /// "A Sparse Algorithm for Predicated Global Value Numbering" from | 
|  | 18 | /// Karthik Gargi. | 
|  | 19 | /// | 
| Daniel Berlin | db3c7be | 2017-01-26 21:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | /// A brief overview of the algorithm: The algorithm is essentially the same as | 
|  | 21 | /// the standard RPO value numbering algorithm (a good reference is the paper | 
|  | 22 | /// "SCC based value numbering" by L. Taylor Simpson) with one major difference: | 
|  | 23 | /// The RPO algorithm proceeds, on every iteration, to process every reachable | 
|  | 24 | /// block and every instruction in that block.  This is because the standard RPO | 
|  | 25 | /// algorithm does not track what things have the same value number, it only | 
|  | 26 | /// tracks what the value number of a given operation is (the mapping is | 
|  | 27 | /// operation -> value number).  Thus, when a value number of an operation | 
|  | 28 | /// changes, it must reprocess everything to ensure all uses of a value number | 
|  | 29 | /// get updated properly.  In constrast, the sparse algorithm we use *also* | 
|  | 30 | /// tracks what operations have a given value number (IE it also tracks the | 
|  | 31 | /// reverse mapping from value number -> operations with that value number), so | 
|  | 32 | /// that it only needs to reprocess the instructions that are affected when | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | /// something's value number changes.  The vast majority of complexity and code | 
|  | 34 | /// in this file is devoted to tracking what value numbers could change for what | 
|  | 35 | /// instructions when various things happen.  The rest of the algorithm is | 
|  | 36 | /// devoted to performing symbolic evaluation, forward propagation, and | 
|  | 37 | /// simplification of operations based on the value numbers deduced so far | 
|  | 38 | /// | 
|  | 39 | /// In order to make the GVN mostly-complete, we use a technique derived from | 
|  | 40 | /// "Detection of Redundant Expressions: A Complete and Polynomial-time | 
|  | 41 | /// Algorithm in SSA" by R.R. Pai.  The source of incompleteness in most SSA | 
|  | 42 | /// based GVN algorithms is related to their inability to detect equivalence | 
|  | 43 | /// between phi of ops (IE phi(a+b, c+d)) and op of phis (phi(a,c) + phi(b, d)). | 
|  | 44 | /// We resolve this issue by generating the equivalent "phi of ops" form for | 
|  | 45 | /// each op of phis we see, in a way that only takes polynomial time to resolve. | 
| Daniel Berlin | db3c7be | 2017-01-26 21:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | /// | 
|  | 47 | /// We also do not perform elimination by using any published algorithm.  All | 
|  | 48 | /// published algorithms are O(Instructions). Instead, we use a technique that | 
|  | 49 | /// is O(number of operations with the same value number), enabling us to skip | 
|  | 50 | /// trying to eliminate things that have unique value numbers. | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | // | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 53 |  | 
|  | 54 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/NewGVN.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | #include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" | 
|  | 58 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" | 
|  | 59 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | #include "llvm/ADT/GraphTraits.h" | 
|  | 62 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" | 
|  | 63 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | 
|  | 66 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | #include "llvm/ADT/SparseBitVector.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" | 
|  | 71 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | #include "llvm/Analysis/CFGPrinter.h" | 
|  | 73 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" | 
|  | 74 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h" | 
|  | 75 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemorySSA.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" | 
| David Blaikie | 31b98d2 | 2018-06-04 21:23:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h" | 
|  | 81 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" | 
|  | 82 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" | 
|  | 83 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" | 
|  | 84 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" | 
|  | 85 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" | 
|  | 86 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" | 
|  | 87 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" | 
|  | 88 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" | 
|  | 89 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" | 
|  | 90 | #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" | 
|  | 91 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | 
|  | 92 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" | 
|  | 93 | #include "llvm/IR/Use.h" | 
|  | 94 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" | 
|  | 95 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" | 
|  | 96 | #include "llvm/Pass.h" | 
|  | 97 | #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h" | 
|  | 98 | #include "llvm/Support/ArrayRecycler.h" | 
|  | 99 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | 
|  | 100 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" | 
|  | 101 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | #include "llvm/Support/DebugCounter.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | 
|  | 104 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" | 
|  | 105 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" | 
|  | 107 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/GVNExpression.h" | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PredicateInfo.h" | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/VNCoercion.h" | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | #include <algorithm> | 
|  | 111 | #include <cassert> | 
|  | 112 | #include <cstdint> | 
|  | 113 | #include <iterator> | 
|  | 114 | #include <map> | 
|  | 115 | #include <memory> | 
|  | 116 | #include <set> | 
|  | 117 | #include <string> | 
|  | 118 | #include <tuple> | 
|  | 119 | #include <utility> | 
|  | 120 | #include <vector> | 
|  | 121 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | using namespace llvm; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | using namespace llvm::GVNExpression; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | using namespace llvm::VNCoercion; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "newgvn" | 
|  | 127 |  | 
|  | 128 | STATISTIC(NumGVNInstrDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted"); | 
|  | 129 | STATISTIC(NumGVNBlocksDeleted, "Number of blocks deleted"); | 
|  | 130 | STATISTIC(NumGVNOpsSimplified, "Number of Expressions simplified"); | 
|  | 131 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPhisAllSame, "Number of PHIs whos arguments are all the same"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0444343 | 2017-01-07 03:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | STATISTIC(NumGVNMaxIterations, | 
|  | 133 | "Maximum Number of iterations it took to converge GVN"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | STATISTIC(NumGVNLeaderChanges, "Number of leader changes"); | 
|  | 135 | STATISTIC(NumGVNSortedLeaderChanges, "Number of sorted leader changes"); | 
|  | 136 | STATISTIC(NumGVNAvoidedSortedLeaderChanges, | 
|  | 137 | "Number of avoided sorted leader changes"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | STATISTIC(NumGVNDeadStores, "Number of redundant/dead stores eliminated"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPHIOfOpsCreated, "Number of PHI of ops created"); | 
|  | 140 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPHIOfOpsEliminations, | 
|  | 141 | "Number of things eliminated using PHI of ops"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | DEBUG_COUNTER(VNCounter, "newgvn-vn", | 
| Craig Topper | 9cd976d | 2017-08-10 17:48:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | "Controls which instructions are value numbered"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | DEBUG_COUNTER(PHIOfOpsCounter, "newgvn-phi", | 
| Craig Topper | 9cd976d | 2017-08-10 17:48:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | "Controls which instructions we create phi of ops for"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | // Currently store defining access refinement is too slow due to basicaa being | 
|  | 147 | // egregiously slow.  This flag lets us keep it working while we work on this | 
|  | 148 | // issue. | 
|  | 149 | static cl::opt<bool> EnableStoreRefinement("enable-store-refinement", | 
|  | 150 | cl::init(false), cl::Hidden); | 
|  | 151 |  | 
| Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | /// Currently, the generation "phi of ops" can result in correctness issues. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | static cl::opt<bool> EnablePhiOfOps("enable-phi-of-ops", cl::init(true), | 
| Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | cl::Hidden); | 
|  | 155 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 157 | //                                GVN Pass | 
|  | 158 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 159 |  | 
|  | 160 | // Anchor methods. | 
|  | 161 | namespace llvm { | 
|  | 162 | namespace GVNExpression { | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | Expression::~Expression() = default; | 
|  | 165 | BasicExpression::~BasicExpression() = default; | 
|  | 166 | CallExpression::~CallExpression() = default; | 
|  | 167 | LoadExpression::~LoadExpression() = default; | 
|  | 168 | StoreExpression::~StoreExpression() = default; | 
|  | 169 | AggregateValueExpression::~AggregateValueExpression() = default; | 
|  | 170 | PHIExpression::~PHIExpression() = default; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 |  | 
|  | 172 | } // end namespace GVNExpression | 
|  | 173 | } // end namespace llvm | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | 49a49fe | 2017-08-20 13:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | namespace { | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | // Tarjan's SCC finding algorithm with Nuutila's improvements | 
|  | 178 | // SCCIterator is actually fairly complex for the simple thing we want. | 
|  | 179 | // It also wants to hand us SCC's that are unrelated to the phi node we ask | 
|  | 180 | // about, and have us process them there or risk redoing work. | 
|  | 181 | // Graph traits over a filter iterator also doesn't work that well here. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | // This SCC finder is specialized to walk use-def chains, and only follows | 
|  | 183 | // instructions, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | // not generic values (arguments, etc). | 
|  | 185 | struct TarjanSCC { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | TarjanSCC() : Components(1) {} | 
|  | 187 |  | 
|  | 188 | void Start(const Instruction *Start) { | 
|  | 189 | if (Root.lookup(Start) == 0) | 
|  | 190 | FindSCC(Start); | 
|  | 191 | } | 
|  | 192 |  | 
|  | 193 | const SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &getComponentFor(const Value *V) const { | 
|  | 194 | unsigned ComponentID = ValueToComponent.lookup(V); | 
|  | 195 |  | 
|  | 196 | assert(ComponentID > 0 && | 
|  | 197 | "Asking for a component for a value we never processed"); | 
|  | 198 | return Components[ComponentID]; | 
|  | 199 | } | 
|  | 200 |  | 
|  | 201 | private: | 
|  | 202 | void FindSCC(const Instruction *I) { | 
|  | 203 | Root[I] = ++DFSNum; | 
|  | 204 | // Store the DFS Number we had before it possibly gets incremented. | 
|  | 205 | unsigned int OurDFS = DFSNum; | 
|  | 206 | for (auto &Op : I->operands()) { | 
|  | 207 | if (auto *InstOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op)) { | 
|  | 208 | if (Root.lookup(Op) == 0) | 
|  | 209 | FindSCC(InstOp); | 
|  | 210 | if (!InComponent.count(Op)) | 
|  | 211 | Root[I] = std::min(Root.lookup(I), Root.lookup(Op)); | 
|  | 212 | } | 
|  | 213 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | // See if we really were the root of a component, by seeing if we still have | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | // our DFSNumber.  If we do, we are the root of the component, and we have | 
|  | 216 | // completed a component. If we do not, we are not the root of a component, | 
|  | 217 | // and belong on the component stack. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | if (Root.lookup(I) == OurDFS) { | 
|  | 219 | unsigned ComponentID = Components.size(); | 
|  | 220 | Components.resize(Components.size() + 1); | 
|  | 221 | auto &Component = Components.back(); | 
|  | 222 | Component.insert(I); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Component root is " << *I << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | InComponent.insert(I); | 
|  | 225 | ValueToComponent[I] = ComponentID; | 
|  | 226 | // Pop a component off the stack and label it. | 
|  | 227 | while (!Stack.empty() && Root.lookup(Stack.back()) >= OurDFS) { | 
|  | 228 | auto *Member = Stack.back(); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Component member is " << *Member << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | Component.insert(Member); | 
|  | 231 | InComponent.insert(Member); | 
|  | 232 | ValueToComponent[Member] = ComponentID; | 
|  | 233 | Stack.pop_back(); | 
|  | 234 | } | 
|  | 235 | } else { | 
|  | 236 | // Part of a component, push to stack | 
|  | 237 | Stack.push_back(I); | 
|  | 238 | } | 
|  | 239 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | unsigned int DFSNum = 1; | 
|  | 242 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> InComponent; | 
|  | 243 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> Root; | 
|  | 244 | SmallVector<const Value *, 8> Stack; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | // Store the components as vector of ptr sets, because we need the topo order | 
|  | 247 | // of SCC's, but not individual member order | 
|  | 248 | SmallVector<SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8>, 8> Components; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> ValueToComponent; | 
|  | 251 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | // Congruence classes represent the set of expressions/instructions | 
|  | 254 | // that are all the same *during some scope in the function*. | 
|  | 255 | // That is, because of the way we perform equality propagation, and | 
|  | 256 | // because of memory value numbering, it is not correct to assume | 
|  | 257 | // you can willy-nilly replace any member with any other at any | 
|  | 258 | // point in the function. | 
|  | 259 | // | 
|  | 260 | // For any Value in the Member set, it is valid to replace any dominated member | 
|  | 261 | // with that Value. | 
|  | 262 | // | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | // Every congruence class has a leader, and the leader is used to symbolize | 
|  | 264 | // instructions in a canonical way (IE every operand of an instruction that is a | 
|  | 265 | // member of the same congruence class will always be replaced with leader | 
|  | 266 | // during symbolization).  To simplify symbolization, we keep the leader as a | 
|  | 267 | // constant if class can be proved to be a constant value.  Otherwise, the | 
|  | 268 | // leader is the member of the value set with the smallest DFS number.  Each | 
|  | 269 | // congruence class also has a defining expression, though the expression may be | 
|  | 270 | // null.  If it exists, it can be used for forward propagation and reassociation | 
|  | 271 | // of values. | 
|  | 272 |  | 
|  | 273 | // For memory, we also track a representative MemoryAccess, and a set of memory | 
|  | 274 | // members for MemoryPhis (which have no real instructions). Note that for | 
|  | 275 | // memory, it seems tempting to try to split the memory members into a | 
|  | 276 | // MemoryCongruenceClass or something.  Unfortunately, this does not work | 
|  | 277 | // easily.  The value numbering of a given memory expression depends on the | 
|  | 278 | // leader of the memory congruence class, and the leader of memory congruence | 
|  | 279 | // class depends on the value numbering of a given memory expression.  This | 
|  | 280 | // leads to wasted propagation, and in some cases, missed optimization.  For | 
|  | 281 | // example: If we had value numbered two stores together before, but now do not, | 
|  | 282 | // we move them to a new value congruence class.  This in turn will move at one | 
|  | 283 | // of the memorydefs to a new memory congruence class.  Which in turn, affects | 
|  | 284 | // the value numbering of the stores we just value numbered (because the memory | 
|  | 285 | // congruence class is part of the value number).  So while theoretically | 
|  | 286 | // possible to split them up, it turns out to be *incredibly* complicated to get | 
|  | 287 | // it to work right, because of the interdependency.  While structurally | 
|  | 288 | // slightly messier, it is algorithmically much simpler and faster to do what we | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | // do here, and track them both at once in the same class. | 
|  | 290 | // Note: The default iterators for this class iterate over values | 
|  | 291 | class CongruenceClass { | 
|  | 292 | public: | 
|  | 293 | using MemberType = Value; | 
|  | 294 | using MemberSet = SmallPtrSet<MemberType *, 4>; | 
|  | 295 | using MemoryMemberType = MemoryPhi; | 
|  | 296 | using MemoryMemberSet = SmallPtrSet<const MemoryMemberType *, 2>; | 
|  | 297 |  | 
|  | 298 | explicit CongruenceClass(unsigned ID) : ID(ID) {} | 
|  | 299 | CongruenceClass(unsigned ID, Value *Leader, const Expression *E) | 
|  | 300 | : ID(ID), RepLeader(Leader), DefiningExpr(E) {} | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | unsigned getID() const { return ID; } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | // True if this class has no members left.  This is mainly used for assertion | 
|  | 305 | // purposes, and for skipping empty classes. | 
|  | 306 | bool isDead() const { | 
|  | 307 | // If it's both dead from a value perspective, and dead from a memory | 
|  | 308 | // perspective, it's really dead. | 
|  | 309 | return empty() && memory_empty(); | 
|  | 310 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | // Leader functions | 
|  | 313 | Value *getLeader() const { return RepLeader; } | 
|  | 314 | void setLeader(Value *Leader) { RepLeader = Leader; } | 
|  | 315 | const std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> &getNextLeader() const { | 
|  | 316 | return NextLeader; | 
|  | 317 | } | 
|  | 318 | void resetNextLeader() { NextLeader = {nullptr, ~0}; } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | void addPossibleNextLeader(std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> LeaderPair) { | 
|  | 320 | if (LeaderPair.second < NextLeader.second) | 
|  | 321 | NextLeader = LeaderPair; | 
|  | 322 | } | 
|  | 323 |  | 
|  | 324 | Value *getStoredValue() const { return RepStoredValue; } | 
|  | 325 | void setStoredValue(Value *Leader) { RepStoredValue = Leader; } | 
|  | 326 | const MemoryAccess *getMemoryLeader() const { return RepMemoryAccess; } | 
|  | 327 | void setMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *Leader) { RepMemoryAccess = Leader; } | 
|  | 328 |  | 
|  | 329 | // Forward propagation info | 
|  | 330 | const Expression *getDefiningExpr() const { return DefiningExpr; } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 |  | 
|  | 332 | // Value member set | 
|  | 333 | bool empty() const { return Members.empty(); } | 
|  | 334 | unsigned size() const { return Members.size(); } | 
|  | 335 | MemberSet::const_iterator begin() const { return Members.begin(); } | 
|  | 336 | MemberSet::const_iterator end() const { return Members.end(); } | 
|  | 337 | void insert(MemberType *M) { Members.insert(M); } | 
|  | 338 | void erase(MemberType *M) { Members.erase(M); } | 
|  | 339 | void swap(MemberSet &Other) { Members.swap(Other); } | 
|  | 340 |  | 
|  | 341 | // Memory member set | 
|  | 342 | bool memory_empty() const { return MemoryMembers.empty(); } | 
|  | 343 | unsigned memory_size() const { return MemoryMembers.size(); } | 
|  | 344 | MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator memory_begin() const { | 
|  | 345 | return MemoryMembers.begin(); | 
|  | 346 | } | 
|  | 347 | MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator memory_end() const { | 
|  | 348 | return MemoryMembers.end(); | 
|  | 349 | } | 
|  | 350 | iterator_range<MemoryMemberSet::const_iterator> memory() const { | 
|  | 351 | return make_range(memory_begin(), memory_end()); | 
|  | 352 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | void memory_insert(const MemoryMemberType *M) { MemoryMembers.insert(M); } | 
|  | 355 | void memory_erase(const MemoryMemberType *M) { MemoryMembers.erase(M); } | 
|  | 356 |  | 
|  | 357 | // Store count | 
|  | 358 | unsigned getStoreCount() const { return StoreCount; } | 
|  | 359 | void incStoreCount() { ++StoreCount; } | 
|  | 360 | void decStoreCount() { | 
|  | 361 | assert(StoreCount != 0 && "Store count went negative"); | 
|  | 362 | --StoreCount; | 
|  | 363 | } | 
|  | 364 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | // True if this class has no memory members. | 
|  | 366 | bool definesNoMemory() const { return StoreCount == 0 && memory_empty(); } | 
|  | 367 |  | 
| George Burgess IV | 485762c | 2018-05-30 22:24:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | // Return true if two congruence classes are equivalent to each other. This | 
|  | 369 | // means that every field but the ID number and the dead field are equivalent. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | bool isEquivalentTo(const CongruenceClass *Other) const { | 
|  | 371 | if (!Other) | 
|  | 372 | return false; | 
|  | 373 | if (this == Other) | 
|  | 374 | return true; | 
|  | 375 |  | 
|  | 376 | if (std::tie(StoreCount, RepLeader, RepStoredValue, RepMemoryAccess) != | 
|  | 377 | std::tie(Other->StoreCount, Other->RepLeader, Other->RepStoredValue, | 
|  | 378 | Other->RepMemoryAccess)) | 
|  | 379 | return false; | 
|  | 380 | if (DefiningExpr != Other->DefiningExpr) | 
|  | 381 | if (!DefiningExpr || !Other->DefiningExpr || | 
|  | 382 | *DefiningExpr != *Other->DefiningExpr) | 
|  | 383 | return false; | 
| George Burgess IV | 485762c | 2018-05-30 22:24:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 384 |  | 
|  | 385 | if (Members.size() != Other->Members.size()) | 
|  | 386 | return false; | 
|  | 387 |  | 
|  | 388 | return all_of(Members, | 
|  | 389 | [&](const Value *V) { return Other->Members.count(V); }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | } | 
|  | 391 |  | 
|  | 392 | private: | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | unsigned ID; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | // Representative leader. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | Value *RepLeader = nullptr; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | // The most dominating leader after our current leader, because the member set | 
|  | 399 | // is not sorted and is expensive to keep sorted all the time. | 
|  | 400 | std::pair<Value *, unsigned int> NextLeader = {nullptr, ~0U}; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | // If this is represented by a store, the value of the store. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | Value *RepStoredValue = nullptr; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | // If this class contains MemoryDefs or MemoryPhis, this is the leading memory | 
|  | 406 | // access. | 
|  | 407 | const MemoryAccess *RepMemoryAccess = nullptr; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | // Defining Expression. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | const Expression *DefiningExpr = nullptr; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | // Actual members of this class. | 
|  | 413 | MemberSet Members; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | // This is the set of MemoryPhis that exist in the class. MemoryDefs and | 
|  | 416 | // MemoryUses have real instructions representing them, so we only need to | 
|  | 417 | // track MemoryPhis here. | 
|  | 418 | MemoryMemberSet MemoryMembers; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | // Number of stores in this congruence class. | 
|  | 421 | // This is used so we can detect store equivalence changes properly. | 
| Davide Italiano | eac05f6 | 2017-01-11 23:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | int StoreCount = 0; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 |  | 
|  | 425 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 |  | 
|  | 427 | namespace llvm { | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | struct ExactEqualsExpression { | 
|  | 430 | const Expression &E; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | explicit ExactEqualsExpression(const Expression &E) : E(E) {} | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | hash_code getComputedHash() const { return E.getComputedHash(); } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | bool operator==(const Expression &Other) const { | 
|  | 437 | return E.exactlyEquals(Other); | 
|  | 438 | } | 
|  | 439 | }; | 
|  | 440 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<const Expression *> { | 
|  | 442 | static const Expression *getEmptyKey() { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | auto Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(-1); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<const Expression *>::NumLowBitsAvailable; | 
|  | 445 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expression *>(Val); | 
|  | 446 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | static const Expression *getTombstoneKey() { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | auto Val = static_cast<uintptr_t>(~1U); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | Val <<= PointerLikeTypeTraits<const Expression *>::NumLowBitsAvailable; | 
|  | 451 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expression *>(Val); | 
|  | 452 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Expression *E) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | return E->getComputedHash(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | static unsigned getHashValue(const ExactEqualsExpression &E) { | 
|  | 459 | return E.getComputedHash(); | 
|  | 460 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 461 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | static bool isEqual(const ExactEqualsExpression &LHS, const Expression *RHS) { | 
|  | 463 | if (RHS == getTombstoneKey() || RHS == getEmptyKey()) | 
|  | 464 | return false; | 
|  | 465 | return LHS == *RHS; | 
|  | 466 | } | 
|  | 467 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | static bool isEqual(const Expression *LHS, const Expression *RHS) { | 
|  | 469 | if (LHS == RHS) | 
|  | 470 | return true; | 
|  | 471 | if (LHS == getTombstoneKey() || RHS == getTombstoneKey() || | 
|  | 472 | LHS == getEmptyKey() || RHS == getEmptyKey()) | 
|  | 473 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | // Compare hashes before equality.  This is *not* what the hashtable does, | 
|  | 475 | // since it is computing it modulo the number of buckets, whereas we are | 
|  | 476 | // using the full hash keyspace.  Since the hashes are precomputed, this | 
|  | 477 | // check is *much* faster than equality. | 
|  | 478 | if (LHS->getComputedHash() != RHS->getComputedHash()) | 
|  | 479 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | return *LHS == *RHS; | 
|  | 481 | } | 
|  | 482 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | } // end namespace llvm | 
|  | 485 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | efcf06f | 2017-02-11 11:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | namespace { | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | class NewGVN { | 
|  | 489 | Function &F; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | DominatorTree *DT; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | AliasAnalysis *AA; | 
|  | 493 | MemorySSA *MSSA; | 
|  | 494 | MemorySSAWalker *MSSAWalker; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | const DataLayout &DL; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | std::unique_ptr<PredicateInfo> PredInfo; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 |  | 
|  | 498 | // These are the only two things the create* functions should have | 
|  | 499 | // side-effects on due to allocating memory. | 
|  | 500 | mutable BumpPtrAllocator ExpressionAllocator; | 
|  | 501 | mutable ArrayRecycler<Value *> ArgRecycler; | 
|  | 502 | mutable TarjanSCC SCCFinder; | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | const SimplifyQuery SQ; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | // Number of function arguments, used by ranking | 
|  | 506 | unsigned int NumFuncArgs; | 
|  | 507 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | // RPOOrdering of basic blocks | 
|  | 509 | DenseMap<const DomTreeNode *, unsigned> RPOOrdering; | 
|  | 510 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | // Congruence class info. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 |  | 
|  | 513 | // This class is called INITIAL in the paper. It is the class everything | 
|  | 514 | // startsout in, and represents any value. Being an optimistic analysis, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | // anything in the TOP class has the value TOP, which is indeterminate and | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | // equivalent to everything. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | CongruenceClass *TOPClass; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | std::vector<CongruenceClass *> CongruenceClasses; | 
|  | 519 | unsigned NextCongruenceNum; | 
|  | 520 |  | 
|  | 521 | // Value Mappings. | 
|  | 522 | DenseMap<Value *, CongruenceClass *> ValueToClass; | 
|  | 523 | DenseMap<Value *, const Expression *> ValueToExpression; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | // Value PHI handling, used to make equivalence between phi(op, op) and | 
|  | 526 | // op(phi, phi). | 
|  | 527 | // These mappings just store various data that would normally be part of the | 
|  | 528 | // IR. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 8> PHINodeUses; | 
|  | 530 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | DenseMap<const Value *, bool> OpSafeForPHIOfOps; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | // Map a temporary instruction we created to a parent block. | 
|  | 534 | DenseMap<const Value *, BasicBlock *> TempToBlock; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | // Map between the already in-program instructions and the temporary phis we | 
|  | 537 | // created that they are known equivalent to. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | DenseMap<const Value *, PHINode *> RealToTemp; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | // In order to know when we should re-process instructions that have | 
|  | 541 | // phi-of-ops, we track the set of expressions that they needed as | 
|  | 542 | // leaders. When we discover new leaders for those expressions, we process the | 
|  | 543 | // associated phi-of-op instructions again in case they have changed.  The | 
|  | 544 | // other way they may change is if they had leaders, and those leaders | 
|  | 545 | // disappear.  However, at the point they have leaders, there are uses of the | 
|  | 546 | // relevant operands in the created phi node, and so they will get reprocessed | 
|  | 547 | // through the normal user marking we perform. | 
|  | 548 | mutable DenseMap<const Value *, SmallPtrSet<Value *, 2>> AdditionalUsers; | 
|  | 549 | DenseMap<const Expression *, SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>> | 
|  | 550 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | // Map from temporary operation to MemoryAccess. | 
|  | 553 | DenseMap<const Instruction *, MemoryUseOrDef *> TempToMemory; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | // Set of all temporary instructions we created. | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | // Note: This will include instructions that were just created during value | 
|  | 557 | // numbering.  The way to test if something is using them is to check | 
|  | 558 | // RealToTemp. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | DenseSet<Instruction *> AllTempInstructions; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | // This is the set of instructions to revisit on a reachability change.  At | 
|  | 562 | // the end of the main iteration loop it will contain at least all the phi of | 
|  | 563 | // ops instructions that will be changed to phis, as well as regular phis. | 
|  | 564 | // During the iteration loop, it may contain other things, such as phi of ops | 
|  | 565 | // instructions that used edge reachability to reach a result, and so need to | 
|  | 566 | // be revisited when the edge changes, independent of whether the phi they | 
|  | 567 | // depended on changes. | 
|  | 568 | DenseMap<BasicBlock *, SparseBitVector<>> RevisitOnReachabilityChange; | 
|  | 569 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | // Mapping from predicate info we used to the instructions we used it with. | 
|  | 571 | // In order to correctly ensure propagation, we must keep track of what | 
|  | 572 | // comparisons we used, so that when the values of the comparisons change, we | 
|  | 573 | // propagate the information to the places we used the comparison. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | mutable DenseMap<const Value *, SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 2>> | 
|  | 575 | PredicateToUsers; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | // the same reasoning as PredicateToUsers.  When we skip MemoryAccesses for | 
|  | 578 | // stores, we no longer can rely solely on the def-use chains of MemorySSA. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | mutable DenseMap<const MemoryAccess *, SmallPtrSet<MemoryAccess *, 2>> | 
|  | 580 | MemoryToUsers; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | // A table storing which memorydefs/phis represent a memory state provably | 
|  | 583 | // equivalent to another memory state. | 
|  | 584 | // We could use the congruence class machinery, but the MemoryAccess's are | 
|  | 585 | // abstract memory states, so they can only ever be equivalent to each other, | 
|  | 586 | // and not to constants, etc. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | DenseMap<const MemoryAccess *, CongruenceClass *> MemoryAccessToClass; | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | // We could, if we wanted, build MemoryPhiExpressions and | 
|  | 590 | // MemoryVariableExpressions, etc, and value number them the same way we value | 
|  | 591 | // number phi expressions.  For the moment, this seems like overkill.  They | 
|  | 592 | // can only exist in one of three states: they can be TOP (equal to | 
|  | 593 | // everything), Equivalent to something else, or unique.  Because we do not | 
|  | 594 | // create expressions for them, we need to simulate leader change not just | 
|  | 595 | // when they change class, but when they change state.  Note: We can do the | 
|  | 596 | // same thing for phis, and avoid having phi expressions if we wanted, We | 
|  | 597 | // should eventually unify in one direction or the other, so this is a little | 
|  | 598 | // bit of an experiment in which turns out easier to maintain. | 
|  | 599 | enum MemoryPhiState { MPS_Invalid, MPS_TOP, MPS_Equivalent, MPS_Unique }; | 
|  | 600 | DenseMap<const MemoryPhi *, MemoryPhiState> MemoryPhiState; | 
|  | 601 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | enum InstCycleState { ICS_Unknown, ICS_CycleFree, ICS_Cycle }; | 
|  | 603 | mutable DenseMap<const Instruction *, InstCycleState> InstCycleState; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | // Expression to class mapping. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | e4047b8 | 2016-12-28 19:29:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | using ExpressionClassMap = DenseMap<const Expression *, CongruenceClass *>; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | ExpressionClassMap ExpressionToClass; | 
|  | 608 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | // We have a single expression that represents currently DeadExpressions. | 
|  | 610 | // For dead expressions we can prove will stay dead, we mark them with | 
|  | 611 | // DFS number zero.  However, it's possible in the case of phi nodes | 
|  | 612 | // for us to assume/prove all arguments are dead during fixpointing. | 
|  | 613 | // We use DeadExpression for that case. | 
|  | 614 | DeadExpression *SingletonDeadExpression = nullptr; | 
|  | 615 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | // Which values have changed as a result of leader changes. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> LeaderChanges; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 |  | 
|  | 619 | // Reachability info. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | using BlockEdge = BasicBlockEdge; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | DenseSet<BlockEdge> ReachableEdges; | 
|  | 622 | SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 8> ReachableBlocks; | 
|  | 623 |  | 
|  | 624 | // This is a bitvector because, on larger functions, we may have | 
|  | 625 | // thousands of touched instructions at once (entire blocks, | 
|  | 626 | // instructions with hundreds of uses, etc).  Even with optimization | 
|  | 627 | // for when we mark whole blocks as touched, when this was a | 
|  | 628 | // SmallPtrSet or DenseSet, for some functions, we spent >20% of all | 
|  | 629 | // the time in GVN just managing this list.  The bitvector, on the | 
|  | 630 | // other hand, efficiently supports test/set/clear of both | 
|  | 631 | // individual and ranges, as well as "find next element" This | 
|  | 632 | // enables us to use it as a worklist with essentially 0 cost. | 
|  | 633 | BitVector TouchedInstructions; | 
|  | 634 |  | 
|  | 635 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>> BlockInstRange; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 |  | 
|  | 637 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
|  | 638 | // Debugging for how many times each block and instruction got processed. | 
|  | 639 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> ProcessedCount; | 
|  | 640 | #endif | 
|  | 641 |  | 
|  | 642 | // DFS info. | 
| Davide Italiano | 71f2d9c | 2017-01-20 23:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | // This contains a mapping from Instructions to DFS numbers. | 
|  | 644 | // The numbering starts at 1. An instruction with DFS number zero | 
|  | 645 | // means that the instruction is dead. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned> InstrDFS; | 
| Davide Italiano | 71f2d9c | 2017-01-20 23:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 |  | 
|  | 648 | // This contains the mapping DFS numbers to instructions. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1f31fe52 | 2016-12-27 09:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | SmallVector<Value *, 32> DFSToInstr; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 |  | 
|  | 651 | // Deletion info. | 
|  | 652 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> InstructionsToErase; | 
|  | 653 |  | 
|  | 654 | public: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | NewGVN(Function &F, DominatorTree *DT, AssumptionCache *AC, | 
|  | 656 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, AliasAnalysis *AA, MemorySSA *MSSA, | 
|  | 657 | const DataLayout &DL) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | : F(F), DT(DT), TLI(TLI), AA(AA), MSSA(MSSA), DL(DL), | 
| Florian Hahn | 19f9e32 | 2018-08-17 14:39:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | PredInfo(make_unique<PredicateInfo>(F, *DT, *AC)), | 
|  | 660 | SQ(DL, TLI, DT, AC, /*CtxI=*/nullptr, /*UseInstrInfo=*/false) {} | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | bool runGVN(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 |  | 
|  | 664 | private: | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | // Expression handling. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | const Expression *createExpression(Instruction *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | const Expression *createBinaryExpression(unsigned, Type *, Value *, Value *, | 
|  | 668 | Instruction *) const; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | // Our canonical form for phi arguments is a pair of incoming value, incoming | 
|  | 671 | // basic block. | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | using ValPair = std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *>; | 
|  | 673 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | PHIExpression *createPHIExpression(ArrayRef<ValPair>, const Instruction *, | 
|  | 675 | BasicBlock *, bool &HasBackEdge, | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | bool &OriginalOpsConstant) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | const DeadExpression *createDeadExpression() const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | const VariableExpression *createVariableExpression(Value *) const; | 
|  | 679 | const ConstantExpression *createConstantExpression(Constant *) const; | 
|  | 680 | const Expression *createVariableOrConstant(Value *V) const; | 
|  | 681 | const UnknownExpression *createUnknownExpression(Instruction *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | const StoreExpression *createStoreExpression(StoreInst *, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | LoadExpression *createLoadExpression(Type *, Value *, LoadInst *, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
|  | 686 | const CallExpression *createCallExpression(CallInst *, | 
|  | 687 | const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
|  | 688 | const AggregateValueExpression * | 
|  | 689 | createAggregateValueExpression(Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 690 | bool setBasicExpressionInfo(Instruction *, BasicExpression *) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 |  | 
|  | 692 | // Congruence class handling. | 
|  | 693 | CongruenceClass *createCongruenceClass(Value *Leader, const Expression *E) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | auto *result = new CongruenceClass(NextCongruenceNum++, Leader, E); | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | CongruenceClasses.emplace_back(result); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | return result; | 
|  | 697 | } | 
|  | 698 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | CongruenceClass *createMemoryClass(MemoryAccess *MA) { | 
|  | 700 | auto *CC = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | CC->setMemoryLeader(MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | return CC; | 
|  | 703 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | CongruenceClass *ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MemoryAccess *MA) { | 
|  | 706 | auto *CC = getMemoryClass(MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | if (CC->getMemoryLeader() != MA) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | CC = createMemoryClass(MA); | 
|  | 709 | return CC; | 
|  | 710 | } | 
|  | 711 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | CongruenceClass *createSingletonCongruenceClass(Value *Member) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | CongruenceClass *CClass = createCongruenceClass(Member, nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | CClass->insert(Member); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | ValueToClass[Member] = CClass; | 
|  | 716 | return CClass; | 
|  | 717 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | void initializeCongruenceClasses(Function &F); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | const Expression *makePossiblePHIOfOps(Instruction *, | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | Value *findLeaderForInst(Instruction *ValueOp, | 
|  | 723 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited, | 
|  | 724 | MemoryAccess *MemAccess, Instruction *OrigInst, | 
|  | 725 | BasicBlock *PredBB); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | bool OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, | 
|  | 727 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited, | 
|  | 728 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist); | 
|  | 729 | bool OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Value *Op, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | void addPhiOfOps(PHINode *Op, BasicBlock *BB, Instruction *ExistingValue); | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | void removePhiOfOps(Instruction *I, PHINode *PHITemp); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | // Value number an Instruction or MemoryPhi. | 
|  | 735 | void valueNumberMemoryPhi(MemoryPhi *); | 
|  | 736 | void valueNumberInstruction(Instruction *); | 
|  | 737 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | // Symbolic evaluation. | 
|  | 739 | const Expression *checkSimplificationResults(Expression *, Instruction *, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | Value *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | const Expression *performSymbolicEvaluation(Value *, | 
|  | 742 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | const Expression *performSymbolicLoadCoercion(Type *, Value *, LoadInst *, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | Instruction *, | 
|  | 745 | MemoryAccess *) const; | 
|  | 746 | const Expression *performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 747 | const Expression *performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 748 | const Expression *performSymbolicCallEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | void sortPHIOps(MutableArrayRef<ValPair> Ops) const; | 
|  | 750 | const Expression *performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(ArrayRef<ValPair>, | 
|  | 751 | Instruction *I, | 
|  | 752 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | const Expression *performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 754 | const Expression *performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 755 | const Expression *performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(Instruction *) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 |  | 
|  | 757 | // Congruence finding. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | bool someEquivalentDominates(const Instruction *, const Instruction *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | Value *lookupOperandLeader(Value *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | CongruenceClass *getClassForExpression(const Expression *E) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | void performCongruenceFinding(Instruction *, const Expression *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | void moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *, const Expression *, | 
|  | 763 | CongruenceClass *, CongruenceClass *); | 
|  | 764 | void moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *, MemoryAccess *, | 
|  | 765 | CongruenceClass *, CongruenceClass *); | 
|  | 766 | Value *getNextValueLeader(CongruenceClass *) const; | 
|  | 767 | const MemoryAccess *getNextMemoryLeader(CongruenceClass *) const; | 
|  | 768 | bool setMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *From, CongruenceClass *To); | 
|  | 769 | CongruenceClass *getMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *MA) const; | 
|  | 770 | const MemoryAccess *lookupMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | bool isMemoryAccessTOP(const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | // Ranking | 
|  | 774 | unsigned int getRank(const Value *) const; | 
|  | 775 | bool shouldSwapOperands(const Value *, const Value *) const; | 
|  | 776 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | // Reachability handling. | 
|  | 778 | void updateReachableEdge(BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *); | 
| Chandler Carruth | c6cad42 | 2018-10-18 00:39:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | void processOutgoingEdges(Instruction *, BasicBlock *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | Value *findConditionEquivalence(Value *) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 |  | 
|  | 782 | // Elimination. | 
|  | 783 | struct ValueDFS; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | void convertClassToDFSOrdered(const CongruenceClass &, | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &, | 
|  | 786 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> &, | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &) const; | 
|  | 788 | void convertClassToLoadsAndStores(const CongruenceClass &, | 
|  | 789 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 |  | 
|  | 791 | bool eliminateInstructions(Function &); | 
|  | 792 | void replaceInstruction(Instruction *, Value *); | 
|  | 793 | void markInstructionForDeletion(Instruction *); | 
|  | 794 | void deleteInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | Value *findPHIOfOpsLeader(const Expression *, const Instruction *, | 
|  | 796 | const BasicBlock *) const; | 
|  | 797 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | // New instruction creation. | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | void handleNewInstruction(Instruction *) {} | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 |  | 
|  | 801 | // Various instruction touch utilities | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType, typename Func> | 
|  | 803 | void for_each_found(Map &, const KeyType &, Func); | 
|  | 804 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType> | 
|  | 805 | void touchAndErase(Map &, const KeyType &); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | void markUsersTouched(Value *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | void markMemoryUsersTouched(const MemoryAccess *); | 
|  | 808 | void markMemoryDefTouched(const MemoryAccess *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | void markPredicateUsersTouched(Instruction *); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | void markValueLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC); | 
|  | 811 | void markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | void markPhiOfOpsChanged(const Expression *E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | void addPredicateUsers(const PredicateBase *, Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 814 | void addMemoryUsers(const MemoryAccess *To, MemoryAccess *U) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | void addAdditionalUsers(Value *To, Value *User) const; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | // Main loop of value numbering | 
|  | 818 | void iterateTouchedInstructions(); | 
|  | 819 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | // Utilities. | 
|  | 821 | void cleanupTables(); | 
|  | 822 | std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> assignDFSNumbers(BasicBlock *, unsigned); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | void updateProcessedCount(const Value *V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | void verifyMemoryCongruency() const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | void verifyIterationSettled(Function &F); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | void verifyStoreExpressions() const; | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | bool singleReachablePHIPath(SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> &, | 
|  | 828 | const MemoryAccess *, const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | BasicBlock *getBlockForValue(Value *V) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | void deleteExpression(const Expression *E) const; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | MemoryUseOrDef *getMemoryAccess(const Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 832 | MemoryAccess *getDefiningAccess(const MemoryAccess *) const; | 
|  | 833 | MemoryPhi *getMemoryAccess(const BasicBlock *) const; | 
|  | 834 | template <class T, class Range> T *getMinDFSOfRange(const Range &) const; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | unsigned InstrToDFSNum(const Value *V) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | assert(isa<Instruction>(V) && "This should not be used for MemoryAccesses"); | 
|  | 838 | return InstrDFS.lookup(V); | 
|  | 839 | } | 
|  | 840 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | unsigned InstrToDFSNum(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
|  | 842 | return MemoryToDFSNum(MA); | 
|  | 843 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | Value *InstrFromDFSNum(unsigned DFSNum) { return DFSToInstr[DFSNum]; } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | // Given a MemoryAccess, return the relevant instruction DFS number.  Note: | 
|  | 848 | // This deliberately takes a value so it can be used with Use's, which will | 
|  | 849 | // auto-convert to Value's but not to MemoryAccess's. | 
|  | 850 | unsigned MemoryToDFSNum(const Value *MA) const { | 
|  | 851 | assert(isa<MemoryAccess>(MA) && | 
|  | 852 | "This should not be used with instructions"); | 
|  | 853 | return isa<MemoryUseOrDef>(MA) | 
|  | 854 | ? InstrToDFSNum(cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(MA)->getMemoryInst()) | 
|  | 855 | : InstrDFS.lookup(MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | bool isCycleFree(const Instruction *) const; | 
|  | 859 | bool isBackedge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) const; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | // Debug counter info.  When verifying, we have to reset the value numbering | 
|  | 862 | // debug counter to the same state it started in to get the same results. | 
| George Burgess IV | b00fb46 | 2018-07-23 21:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | int64_t StartingVNCounter; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | efcf06f | 2017-02-11 11:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | template <typename T> | 
|  | 869 | static bool equalsLoadStoreHelper(const T &LHS, const Expression &RHS) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | if (!isa<LoadExpression>(RHS) && !isa<StoreExpression>(RHS)) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | return LHS.MemoryExpression::equals(RHS); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | } | 
|  | 874 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | bool LoadExpression::equals(const Expression &Other) const { | 
|  | 876 | return equalsLoadStoreHelper(*this, Other); | 
|  | 877 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | b111409 | 2016-12-28 13:37:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | bool StoreExpression::equals(const Expression &Other) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | if (!equalsLoadStoreHelper(*this, Other)) | 
|  | 881 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | // Make sure that store vs store includes the value operand. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b49849 | 2017-04-01 09:44:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(&Other)) | 
|  | 884 | if (getStoredValue() != S->getStoredValue()) | 
|  | 885 | return false; | 
|  | 886 | return true; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | } | 
|  | 888 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | // Determine if the edge From->To is a backedge | 
|  | 890 | bool NewGVN::isBackedge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | c2f73b7 | 2017-08-02 04:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | return From == To || | 
|  | 892 | RPOOrdering.lookup(DT->getNode(From)) >= | 
|  | 893 | RPOOrdering.lookup(DT->getNode(To)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | } | 
|  | 895 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
|  | 897 | static std::string getBlockName(const BasicBlock *B) { | 
| Sean Fertile | cd0d763 | 2018-06-29 17:48:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | return DOTGraphTraits<const Function *>::getSimpleNodeLabel(B, nullptr); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | } | 
|  | 900 | #endif | 
|  | 901 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | // Get a MemoryAccess for an instruction, fake or real. | 
|  | 903 | MemoryUseOrDef *NewGVN::getMemoryAccess(const Instruction *I) const { | 
|  | 904 | auto *Result = MSSA->getMemoryAccess(I); | 
|  | 905 | return Result ? Result : TempToMemory.lookup(I); | 
|  | 906 | } | 
|  | 907 |  | 
|  | 908 | // Get a MemoryPhi for a basic block. These are all real. | 
|  | 909 | MemoryPhi *NewGVN::getMemoryAccess(const BasicBlock *BB) const { | 
|  | 910 | return MSSA->getMemoryAccess(BB); | 
|  | 911 | } | 
|  | 912 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | // Get the basic block from an instruction/memory value. | 
|  | 914 | BasicBlock *NewGVN::getBlockForValue(Value *V) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { | 
|  | 916 | auto *Parent = I->getParent(); | 
|  | 917 | if (Parent) | 
|  | 918 | return Parent; | 
|  | 919 | Parent = TempToBlock.lookup(V); | 
|  | 920 | assert(Parent && "Every fake instruction should have a block"); | 
|  | 921 | return Parent; | 
|  | 922 | } | 
|  | 923 |  | 
|  | 924 | auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(V); | 
|  | 925 | assert(MP && "Should have been an instruction or a MemoryPhi"); | 
|  | 926 | return MP->getBlock(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | } | 
|  | 928 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | // Delete a definitely dead expression, so it can be reused by the expression | 
|  | 930 | // allocator.  Some of these are not in creation functions, so we have to accept | 
|  | 931 | // const versions. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | void NewGVN::deleteExpression(const Expression *E) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | assert(isa<BasicExpression>(E)); | 
|  | 934 | auto *BE = cast<BasicExpression>(E); | 
|  | 935 | const_cast<BasicExpression *>(BE)->deallocateOperands(ArgRecycler); | 
|  | 936 | ExpressionAllocator.Deallocate(E); | 
|  | 937 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | // If V is a predicateinfo copy, get the thing it is a copy of. | 
|  | 940 | static Value *getCopyOf(const Value *V) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy) | 
|  | 943 | return II->getOperand(0); | 
|  | 944 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 945 | } | 
|  | 946 |  | 
|  | 947 | // Return true if V is really PN, even accounting for predicateinfo copies. | 
|  | 948 | static bool isCopyOfPHI(const Value *V, const PHINode *PN) { | 
|  | 949 | return V == PN || getCopyOf(V) == PN; | 
|  | 950 | } | 
|  | 951 |  | 
|  | 952 | static bool isCopyOfAPHI(const Value *V) { | 
|  | 953 | auto *CO = getCopyOf(V); | 
|  | 954 | return CO && isa<PHINode>(CO); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1a58258 | 2017-09-05 02:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | } | 
|  | 956 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | // Sort PHI Operands into a canonical order.  What we use here is an RPO | 
|  | 958 | // order. The BlockInstRange numbers are generated in an RPO walk of the basic | 
|  | 959 | // blocks. | 
|  | 960 | void NewGVN::sortPHIOps(MutableArrayRef<ValPair> Ops) const { | 
| Fangrui Song | 0cac726 | 2018-09-27 02:13:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | llvm::sort(Ops, [&](const ValPair &P1, const ValPair &P2) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | return BlockInstRange.lookup(P1.second).first < | 
|  | 963 | BlockInstRange.lookup(P2.second).first; | 
|  | 964 | }); | 
|  | 965 | } | 
|  | 966 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | // Return true if V is a value that will always be available (IE can | 
|  | 968 | // be placed anywhere) in the function.  We don't do globals here | 
|  | 969 | // because they are often worse to put in place. | 
|  | 970 | static bool alwaysAvailable(Value *V) { | 
|  | 971 | return isa<Constant>(V) || isa<Argument>(V); | 
|  | 972 | } | 
|  | 973 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | // Create a PHIExpression from an array of {incoming edge, value} pairs.  I is | 
|  | 975 | // the original instruction we are creating a PHIExpression for (but may not be | 
|  | 976 | // a phi node). We require, as an invariant, that all the PHIOperands in the | 
|  | 977 | // same block are sorted the same way. sortPHIOps will sort them into a | 
|  | 978 | // canonical order. | 
|  | 979 | PHIExpression *NewGVN::createPHIExpression(ArrayRef<ValPair> PHIOperands, | 
|  | 980 | const Instruction *I, | 
|  | 981 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock, | 
|  | 982 | bool &HasBackedge, | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | bool &OriginalOpsConstant) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | unsigned NumOps = PHIOperands.size(); | 
|  | 985 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) PHIExpression(NumOps, PHIBlock); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 |  | 
|  | 987 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | E->setType(PHIOperands.begin()->first->getType()); | 
|  | 989 | E->setOpcode(Instruction::PHI); | 
| Davide Italiano | d6bb8ca | 2017-05-09 16:58:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | b3886dd | 2017-01-25 23:37:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | // Filter out unreachable phi operands. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(PHIOperands, [&](const ValPair &P) { | 
|  | 993 | auto *BB = P.second; | 
|  | 994 | if (auto *PHIOp = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) | 
|  | 995 | if (isCopyOfPHI(P.first, PHIOp)) | 
|  | 996 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | if (!ReachableEdges.count({BB, PHIBlock})) | 
| Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | return false; | 
|  | 999 | // Things in TOPClass are equivalent to everything. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | if (ValueToClass.lookup(P.first) == TOPClass) | 
| Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | OriginalOpsConstant = OriginalOpsConstant && isa<Constant>(P.first); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | HasBackedge = HasBackedge || isBackedge(BB, PHIBlock); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | return lookupOperandLeader(P.first) != I; | 
| Davide Italiano | b3886dd | 2017-01-25 23:37:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | std::transform(Filtered.begin(), Filtered.end(), op_inserter(E), | 
|  | 1007 | [&](const ValPair &P) -> Value * { | 
|  | 1008 | return lookupOperandLeader(P.first); | 
|  | 1009 | }); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | return E; | 
|  | 1011 | } | 
|  | 1012 |  | 
|  | 1013 | // Set basic expression info (Arguments, type, opcode) for Expression | 
|  | 1014 | // E from Instruction I in block B. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | bool NewGVN::setBasicExpressionInfo(Instruction *I, BasicExpression *E) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | bool AllConstant = true; | 
|  | 1017 | if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) | 
|  | 1018 | E->setType(GEP->getSourceElementType()); | 
|  | 1019 | else | 
|  | 1020 | E->setType(I->getType()); | 
|  | 1021 | E->setOpcode(I->getOpcode()); | 
|  | 1022 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); | 
|  | 1023 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | // Transform the operand array into an operand leader array, and keep track of | 
|  | 1025 | // whether all members are constant. | 
|  | 1026 | std::transform(I->op_begin(), I->op_end(), op_inserter(E), [&](Value *O) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | auto Operand = lookupOperandLeader(O); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | AllConstant = AllConstant && isa<Constant>(Operand); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | return Operand; | 
|  | 1030 | }); | 
|  | 1031 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | return AllConstant; | 
|  | 1033 | } | 
|  | 1034 |  | 
|  | 1035 | const Expression *NewGVN::createBinaryExpression(unsigned Opcode, Type *T, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | Value *Arg1, Value *Arg2, | 
|  | 1037 | Instruction *I) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) BasicExpression(2); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 |  | 
|  | 1040 | E->setType(T); | 
|  | 1041 | E->setOpcode(Opcode); | 
|  | 1042 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); | 
|  | 1043 | if (Instruction::isCommutative(Opcode)) { | 
|  | 1044 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation | 
|  | 1045 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value | 
|  | 1046 | // numbers.  Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more | 
|  | 1047 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | if (shouldSwapOperands(Arg1, Arg2)) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | std::swap(Arg1, Arg2); | 
|  | 1050 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(Arg1)); | 
|  | 1052 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(Arg2)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | Value *V = SimplifyBinOp(Opcode, E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | return SimplifiedE; | 
|  | 1057 | return E; | 
|  | 1058 | } | 
|  | 1059 |  | 
|  | 1060 | // Take a Value returned by simplification of Expression E/Instruction | 
|  | 1061 | // I, and see if it resulted in a simpler expression. If so, return | 
|  | 1062 | // that expression. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | const Expression *NewGVN::checkSimplificationResults(Expression *E, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | Instruction *I, | 
|  | 1065 | Value *V) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | if (!V) | 
|  | 1067 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1068 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { | 
|  | 1069 | if (I) | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " | 
|  | 1071 | << " constant " << *C << "\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | NumGVNOpsSimplified++; | 
|  | 1073 | assert(isa<BasicExpression>(E) && | 
|  | 1074 | "We should always have had a basic expression here"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | deleteExpression(E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | return createConstantExpression(C); | 
|  | 1077 | } else if (isa<Argument>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) { | 
|  | 1078 | if (I) | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " | 
|  | 1080 | << " variable " << *V << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | deleteExpression(E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | return createVariableExpression(V); | 
|  | 1083 | } | 
|  | 1084 |  | 
|  | 1085 | CongruenceClass *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | if (CC) { | 
|  | 1087 | if (CC->getLeader() && CC->getLeader() != I) { | 
| Florian Hahn | ac86038 | 2018-11-07 17:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | // If we simplified to something else, we need to communicate | 
|  | 1089 | // that we're users of the value we simplified to. | 
|  | 1090 | if (I != V) { | 
|  | 1091 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. | 
|  | 1092 | if (!AllTempInstructions.count(I)) | 
|  | 1093 | addAdditionalUsers(V, I); | 
|  | 1094 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | return createVariableOrConstant(CC->getLeader()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c8ed404 | 2017-05-30 06:42:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | if (CC->getDefiningExpr()) { | 
|  | 1098 | // If we simplified to something else, we need to communicate | 
|  | 1099 | // that we're users of the value we simplified to. | 
|  | 1100 | if (I != V) { | 
|  | 1101 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. | 
|  | 1102 | if (!AllTempInstructions.count(I)) | 
|  | 1103 | addAdditionalUsers(V, I); | 
|  | 1104 | } | 
|  | 1105 |  | 
|  | 1106 | if (I) | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified " << *I << " to " | 
|  | 1108 | << " expression " << *CC->getDefiningExpr() << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | NumGVNOpsSimplified++; | 
|  | 1110 | deleteExpression(E); | 
|  | 1111 | return CC->getDefiningExpr(); | 
|  | 1112 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 7ef26da | 2017-08-30 19:52:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1116 | } | 
|  | 1117 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | // Create a value expression from the instruction I, replacing operands with | 
|  | 1119 | // their leaders. | 
|  | 1120 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | const Expression *NewGVN::createExpression(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) BasicExpression(I->getNumOperands()); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | bool AllConstant = setBasicExpressionInfo(I, E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 |  | 
|  | 1126 | if (I->isCommutative()) { | 
|  | 1127 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation | 
|  | 1128 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value | 
|  | 1129 | // numbers.  Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more | 
|  | 1130 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. | 
|  | 1131 | assert(I->getNumOperands() == 2 && "Unsupported commutative instruction!"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 508a1de | 2017-02-12 23:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | if (shouldSwapOperands(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1))) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | E->swapOperands(0, 1); | 
|  | 1134 | } | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | // Perform simplification. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { | 
|  | 1137 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value | 
|  | 1138 | // number. | 
|  | 1139 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = CI->getPredicate(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | if (shouldSwapOperands(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1))) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | E->swapOperands(0, 1); | 
|  | 1142 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); | 
|  | 1143 | } | 
|  | 1144 | E->setOpcode((CI->getOpcode() << 8) | Predicate); | 
|  | 1145 | // TODO: 25% of our time is spent in SimplifyCmpInst with pointer operands | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | assert(I->getOperand(0)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType() && | 
|  | 1147 | "Wrong types on cmp instruction"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | assert((E->getOperand(0)->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType() && | 
|  | 1149 | E->getOperand(1)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | Value *V = | 
|  | 1151 | SimplifyCmpInst(Predicate, E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); | 
| Daniel Berlin | ff12c92 | 2017-01-31 22:32:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1153 | return SimplifiedE; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | } else if (isa<SelectInst>(I)) { | 
|  | 1155 | if (isa<Constant>(E->getOperand(0)) || | 
| Daniel Berlin | f948603 | 2017-08-24 02:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | E->getOperand(1) == E->getOperand(2)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | assert(E->getOperand(1)->getType() == I->getOperand(1)->getType() && | 
|  | 1158 | E->getOperand(2)->getType() == I->getOperand(2)->getType()); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | Value *V = SimplifySelectInst(E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | E->getOperand(2), SQ); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1162 | return SimplifiedE; | 
|  | 1163 | } | 
|  | 1164 | } else if (I->isBinaryOp()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | Value *V = | 
|  | 1166 | SimplifyBinOp(E->getOpcode(), E->getOperand(0), E->getOperand(1), SQ); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1168 | return SimplifiedE; | 
| Matt Arsenault | 663d762 | 2019-06-05 21:15:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | } else if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | Value *V = | 
| Matt Arsenault | 663d762 | 2019-06-05 21:15:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | SimplifyCastInst(CI->getOpcode(), E->getOperand(0), CI->getType(), SQ); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1173 | return SimplifiedE; | 
|  | 1174 | } else if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | ede130d | 2017-04-26 20:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst( | 
|  | 1176 | E->getType(), ArrayRef<Value *>(E->op_begin(), E->op_end()), SQ); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1178 | return SimplifiedE; | 
|  | 1179 | } else if (AllConstant) { | 
|  | 1180 | // We don't bother trying to simplify unless all of the operands | 
|  | 1181 | // were constant. | 
|  | 1182 | // TODO: There are a lot of Simplify*'s we could call here, if we | 
|  | 1183 | // wanted to.  The original motivating case for this code was a | 
|  | 1184 | // zext i1 false to i8, which we don't have an interface to | 
|  | 1185 | // simplify (IE there is no SimplifyZExt). | 
|  | 1186 |  | 
|  | 1187 | SmallVector<Constant *, 8> C; | 
|  | 1188 | for (Value *Arg : E->operands()) | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | C.emplace_back(cast<Constant>(Arg)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | if (Value *V = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, C, DL, TLI)) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | if (const Expression *SimplifiedE = checkSimplificationResults(E, I, V)) | 
|  | 1193 | return SimplifiedE; | 
|  | 1194 | } | 
|  | 1195 | return E; | 
|  | 1196 | } | 
|  | 1197 |  | 
|  | 1198 | const AggregateValueExpression * | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | NewGVN::createAggregateValueExpression(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(I)) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | AggregateValueExpression(I->getNumOperands(), II->getNumIndices()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | setBasicExpressionInfo(I, E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | E->allocateIntOperands(ExpressionAllocator); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | std::copy(II->idx_begin(), II->idx_end(), int_op_inserter(E)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | return E; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | } else if (auto *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | AggregateValueExpression(I->getNumOperands(), EI->getNumIndices()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | setBasicExpressionInfo(EI, E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | E->allocateIntOperands(ExpressionAllocator); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | std::copy(EI->idx_begin(), EI->idx_end(), int_op_inserter(E)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | return E; | 
|  | 1214 | } | 
|  | 1215 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled type of aggregate value operation"); | 
|  | 1216 | } | 
|  | 1217 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | const DeadExpression *NewGVN::createDeadExpression() const { | 
|  | 1219 | // DeadExpression has no arguments and all DeadExpression's are the same, | 
|  | 1220 | // so we only need one of them. | 
|  | 1221 | return SingletonDeadExpression; | 
|  | 1222 | } | 
|  | 1223 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | const VariableExpression *NewGVN::createVariableExpression(Value *V) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) VariableExpression(V); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | E->setOpcode(V->getValueID()); | 
|  | 1227 | return E; | 
|  | 1228 | } | 
|  | 1229 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | const Expression *NewGVN::createVariableOrConstant(Value *V) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) | 
|  | 1232 | return createConstantExpression(C); | 
|  | 1233 | return createVariableExpression(V); | 
|  | 1234 | } | 
|  | 1235 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | const ConstantExpression *NewGVN::createConstantExpression(Constant *C) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) ConstantExpression(C); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | E->setOpcode(C->getValueID()); | 
|  | 1239 | return E; | 
|  | 1240 | } | 
|  | 1241 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | const UnknownExpression *NewGVN::createUnknownExpression(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) UnknownExpression(I); | 
|  | 1244 | E->setOpcode(I->getOpcode()); | 
|  | 1245 | return E; | 
|  | 1246 | } | 
|  | 1247 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | const CallExpression * | 
|  | 1249 | NewGVN::createCallExpression(CallInst *CI, const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | // FIXME: Add operand bundles for calls. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | auto *E = | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | new (ExpressionAllocator) CallExpression(CI->getNumOperands(), CI, MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | setBasicExpressionInfo(CI, E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | return E; | 
|  | 1255 | } | 
|  | 1256 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | // Return true if some equivalent of instruction Inst dominates instruction U. | 
|  | 1258 | bool NewGVN::someEquivalentDominates(const Instruction *Inst, | 
|  | 1259 | const Instruction *U) const { | 
|  | 1260 | auto *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(Inst); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | // This must be an instruction because we are only called from phi nodes | 
| Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | // in the case that the value it needs to check against is an instruction. | 
|  | 1263 |  | 
| Hiroshi Inoue | f209649 | 2018-06-14 05:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | // The most likely candidates for dominance are the leader and the next leader. | 
| Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | // The leader or nextleader will dominate in all cases where there is an | 
|  | 1266 | // equivalent that is higher up in the dom tree. | 
|  | 1267 | // We can't *only* check them, however, because the | 
|  | 1268 | // dominator tree could have an infinite number of non-dominating siblings | 
|  | 1269 | // with instructions that are in the right congruence class. | 
|  | 1270 | //       A | 
|  | 1271 | // B C D E F G | 
|  | 1272 | // | | 
|  | 1273 | // H | 
|  | 1274 | // Instruction U could be in H,  with equivalents in every other sibling. | 
|  | 1275 | // Depending on the rpo order picked, the leader could be the equivalent in | 
|  | 1276 | // any of these siblings. | 
|  | 1277 | if (!CC) | 
|  | 1278 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | if (alwaysAvailable(CC->getLeader())) | 
|  | 1280 | return true; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | if (DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CC->getLeader()), U)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | return true; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | if (CC->getNextLeader().first && | 
|  | 1284 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CC->getNextLeader().first), U)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | return true; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | return llvm::any_of(*CC, [&](const Value *Member) { | 
|  | 1287 | return Member != CC->getLeader() && | 
| Daniel Berlin | ffc3078 | 2017-03-24 06:33:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(Member), U); | 
|  | 1289 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | } | 
|  | 1291 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | // See if we have a congruence class and leader for this operand, and if so, | 
|  | 1293 | // return it. Otherwise, return the operand itself. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | Value *NewGVN::lookupOperandLeader(Value *V) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | CongruenceClass *CC = ValueToClass.lookup(V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | if (CC) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | // Everything in TOP is represented by undef, as it can be any value. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | // We do have to make sure we get the type right though, so we can't set the | 
|  | 1299 | // RepLeader to undef. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | if (CC == TOPClass) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | return UndefValue::get(V->getType()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | return CC->getStoredValue() ? CC->getStoredValue() : CC->getLeader(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | } | 
|  | 1304 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | return V; | 
|  | 1306 | } | 
|  | 1307 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | const MemoryAccess *NewGVN::lookupMemoryLeader(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
|  | 1309 | auto *CC = getMemoryClass(MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | assert(CC->getMemoryLeader() && | 
| Davide Italiano | b60f6e0 | 2017-05-12 15:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | "Every MemoryAccess should be mapped to a congruence class with a " | 
|  | 1312 | "representative memory access"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | return CC->getMemoryLeader(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | } | 
|  | 1315 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | // Return true if the MemoryAccess is really equivalent to everything. This is | 
|  | 1317 | // equivalent to the lattice value "TOP" in most lattices.  This is the initial | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | // state of all MemoryAccesses. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | bool NewGVN::isMemoryAccessTOP(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | return getMemoryClass(MA) == TOPClass; | 
|  | 1321 | } | 
|  | 1322 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | LoadExpression *NewGVN::createLoadExpression(Type *LoadType, Value *PointerOp, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | LoadInst *LI, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | auto *E = | 
|  | 1327 | new (ExpressionAllocator) LoadExpression(1, LI, lookupMemoryLeader(MA)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); | 
|  | 1329 | E->setType(LoadType); | 
|  | 1330 |  | 
|  | 1331 | // Give store and loads same opcode so they value number together. | 
|  | 1332 | E->setOpcode(0); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | E->op_push_back(PointerOp); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | if (LI) | 
|  | 1335 | E->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment()); | 
|  | 1336 |  | 
|  | 1337 | // TODO: Value number heap versions. We may be able to discover | 
|  | 1338 | // things alias analysis can't on it's own (IE that a store and a | 
|  | 1339 | // load have the same value, and thus, it isn't clobbering the load). | 
|  | 1340 | return E; | 
|  | 1341 | } | 
|  | 1342 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | const StoreExpression * | 
|  | 1344 | NewGVN::createStoreExpression(StoreInst *SI, const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | auto *StoredValueLeader = lookupOperandLeader(SI->getValueOperand()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | auto *E = new (ExpressionAllocator) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | StoreExpression(SI->getNumOperands(), SI, StoredValueLeader, MA); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | E->allocateOperands(ArgRecycler, ExpressionAllocator); | 
|  | 1349 | E->setType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType()); | 
|  | 1350 |  | 
|  | 1351 | // Give store and loads same opcode so they value number together. | 
|  | 1352 | E->setOpcode(0); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | E->op_push_back(lookupOperandLeader(SI->getPointerOperand())); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 |  | 
|  | 1355 | // TODO: Value number heap versions. We may be able to discover | 
|  | 1356 | // things alias analysis can't on it's own (IE that a store and a | 
|  | 1357 | // load have the same value, and thus, it isn't clobbering the load). | 
|  | 1358 | return E; | 
|  | 1359 | } | 
|  | 1360 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | // Unlike loads, we never try to eliminate stores, so we do not check if they | 
|  | 1363 | // are simple and avoid value numbering them. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | auto *SI = cast<StoreInst>(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | auto *StoreAccess = getMemoryAccess(SI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | // Get the expression, if any, for the RHS of the MemoryDef. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | const MemoryAccess *StoreRHS = StoreAccess->getDefiningAccess(); | 
|  | 1368 | if (EnableStoreRefinement) | 
|  | 1369 | StoreRHS = MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(StoreAccess); | 
|  | 1370 | // If we bypassed the use-def chains, make sure we add a use. | 
| Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | StoreRHS = lookupMemoryLeader(StoreRHS); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | if (StoreRHS != StoreAccess->getDefiningAccess()) | 
|  | 1373 | addMemoryUsers(StoreRHS, StoreAccess); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | // If we are defined by ourselves, use the live on entry def. | 
|  | 1375 | if (StoreRHS == StoreAccess) | 
|  | 1376 | StoreRHS = MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef(); | 
|  | 1377 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | if (SI->isSimple()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | // See if we are defined by a previous store expression, it already has a | 
|  | 1380 | // value, and it's the same value as our current store. FIXME: Right now, we | 
|  | 1381 | // only do this for simple stores, we should expand to cover memcpys, etc. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | const auto *LastStore = createStoreExpression(SI, StoreRHS); | 
|  | 1383 | const auto *LastCC = ExpressionToClass.lookup(LastStore); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | // We really want to check whether the expression we matched was a store. No | 
|  | 1385 | // easy way to do that. However, we can check that the class we found has a | 
|  | 1386 | // store, which, assuming the value numbering state is not corrupt, is | 
|  | 1387 | // sufficient, because we must also be equivalent to that store's expression | 
|  | 1388 | // for it to be in the same class as the load. | 
|  | 1389 | if (LastCC && LastCC->getStoredValue() == LastStore->getStoredValue()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | return LastStore; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | // Also check if our value operand is defined by a load of the same memory | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | // location, and the memory state is the same as it was then (otherwise, it | 
|  | 1393 | // could have been overwritten later. See test32 in | 
|  | 1394 | // transforms/DeadStoreElimination/simple.ll). | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(LastStore->getStoredValue())) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | if ((lookupOperandLeader(LI->getPointerOperand()) == | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | LastStore->getOperand(0)) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | (lookupMemoryLeader(getMemoryAccess(LI)->getDefiningAccess()) == | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | StoreRHS)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | return LastStore; | 
|  | 1401 | deleteExpression(LastStore); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 |  | 
|  | 1404 | // If the store is not equivalent to anything, value number it as a store that | 
|  | 1405 | // produces a unique memory state (instead of using it's MemoryUse, we use | 
|  | 1406 | // it's MemoryDef). | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | return createStoreExpression(SI, StoreAccess); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | } | 
|  | 1409 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | // See if we can extract the value of a loaded pointer from a load, a store, or | 
|  | 1411 | // a memory instruction. | 
|  | 1412 | const Expression * | 
|  | 1413 | NewGVN::performSymbolicLoadCoercion(Type *LoadType, Value *LoadPtr, | 
|  | 1414 | LoadInst *LI, Instruction *DepInst, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | assert((!LI || LI->isSimple()) && "Not a simple load"); | 
|  | 1417 | if (auto *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) { | 
|  | 1418 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1419 | // Also don't need to coerce if they are the same type, we will just | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | // propagate. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | if (LI->isAtomic() > DepSI->isAtomic() || | 
|  | 1422 | LoadType == DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()) | 
|  | 1423 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1424 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepSI, DL); | 
|  | 1425 | if (Offset >= 0) { | 
|  | 1426 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>( | 
|  | 1427 | lookupOperandLeader(DepSI->getValueOperand()))) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from store " << *DepSI | 
|  | 1429 | << " to constant " << *C << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | return createConstantExpression( | 
|  | 1431 | getConstantStoreValueForLoad(C, Offset, LoadType, DL)); | 
|  | 1432 | } | 
|  | 1433 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 9bdccb3 | 2017-08-26 22:31:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | } else if (auto *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | // Can't forward from non-atomic to atomic without violating memory model. | 
|  | 1436 | if (LI->isAtomic() > DepLI->isAtomic()) | 
|  | 1437 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1438 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepLI, DL); | 
|  | 1439 | if (Offset >= 0) { | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | // We can coerce a constant load into a load. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(lookupOperandLeader(DepLI))) | 
|  | 1442 | if (auto *PossibleConstant = | 
|  | 1443 | getConstantLoadValueForLoad(C, Offset, LoadType, DL)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from load " << *LI | 
|  | 1445 | << " to constant " << *PossibleConstant << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | return createConstantExpression(PossibleConstant); | 
|  | 1447 | } | 
|  | 1448 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 9bdccb3 | 2017-08-26 22:31:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | } else if (auto *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInst)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | int Offset = analyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LoadType, LoadPtr, DepMI, DL); | 
|  | 1451 | if (Offset >= 0) { | 
|  | 1452 | if (auto *PossibleConstant = | 
|  | 1453 | getConstantMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, LoadType, DL)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coercing load from meminst " << *DepMI | 
|  | 1455 | << " to constant " << *PossibleConstant << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | return createConstantExpression(PossibleConstant); | 
|  | 1457 | } | 
|  | 1458 | } | 
|  | 1459 | } | 
|  | 1460 |  | 
|  | 1461 | // All of the below are only true if the loaded pointer is produced | 
|  | 1462 | // by the dependent instruction. | 
|  | 1463 | if (LoadPtr != lookupOperandLeader(DepInst) && | 
|  | 1464 | !AA->isMustAlias(LoadPtr, DepInst)) | 
|  | 1465 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1466 | // If this load really doesn't depend on anything, then we must be loading an | 
|  | 1467 | // undef value.  This can happen when loading for a fresh allocation with no | 
|  | 1468 | // intervening stores, for example.  Note that this is only true in the case | 
|  | 1469 | // that the result of the allocation is pointer equal to the load ptr. | 
|  | 1470 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { | 
|  | 1471 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LoadType)); | 
|  | 1472 | } | 
|  | 1473 | // If this load occurs either right after a lifetime begin, | 
|  | 1474 | // then the loaded value is undefined. | 
|  | 1475 | else if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DepInst)) { | 
|  | 1476 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start) | 
|  | 1477 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LoadType)); | 
|  | 1478 | } | 
|  | 1479 | // If this load follows a calloc (which zero initializes memory), | 
|  | 1480 | // then the loaded value is zero | 
|  | 1481 | else if (isCallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { | 
|  | 1482 | return createConstantExpression(Constant::getNullValue(LoadType)); | 
|  | 1483 | } | 
|  | 1484 |  | 
|  | 1485 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1486 | } | 
|  | 1487 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 |  | 
|  | 1491 | // We can eliminate in favor of non-simple loads, but we won't be able to | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | // eliminate the loads themselves. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | if (!LI->isSimple()) | 
|  | 1494 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1495 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | Value *LoadAddressLeader = lookupOperandLeader(LI->getPointerOperand()); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | // Load of undef is undef. | 
|  | 1498 | if (isa<UndefValue>(LoadAddressLeader)) | 
|  | 1499 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LI->getType())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | MemoryAccess *OriginalAccess = getMemoryAccess(I); | 
|  | 1501 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess = | 
|  | 1502 | MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(OriginalAccess); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 |  | 
|  | 1504 | if (!MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(DefiningAccess)) { | 
|  | 1505 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(DefiningAccess)) { | 
|  | 1506 | Instruction *DefiningInst = MD->getMemoryInst(); | 
|  | 1507 | // If the defining instruction is not reachable, replace with undef. | 
|  | 1508 | if (!ReachableBlocks.count(DefiningInst->getParent())) | 
|  | 1509 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(LI->getType())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | // This will handle stores and memory insts.  We only do if it the | 
|  | 1511 | // defining access has a different type, or it is a pointer produced by | 
|  | 1512 | // certain memory operations that cause the memory to have a fixed value | 
|  | 1513 | // (IE things like calloc). | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5845e05 | 2017-04-06 18:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | if (const auto *CoercionResult = | 
|  | 1515 | performSymbolicLoadCoercion(LI->getType(), LoadAddressLeader, LI, | 
|  | 1516 | DefiningInst, DefiningAccess)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 07daac8 | 2017-04-02 13:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | return CoercionResult; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | } | 
|  | 1519 | } | 
|  | 1520 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | const auto *LE = createLoadExpression(LI->getType(), LoadAddressLeader, LI, | 
|  | 1522 | DefiningAccess); | 
| Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | // If our MemoryLeader is not our defining access, add a use to the | 
|  | 1524 | // MemoryLeader, so that we get reprocessed when it changes. | 
|  | 1525 | if (LE->getMemoryLeader() != DefiningAccess) | 
|  | 1526 | addMemoryUsers(LE->getMemoryLeader(), OriginalAccess); | 
|  | 1527 | return LE; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | } | 
|  | 1529 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | const Expression * | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | NewGVN::performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(I); | 
|  | 1533 | if (!PI) | 
|  | 1534 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1535 |  | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found predicate info from instruction !\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 |  | 
|  | 1538 | auto *PWC = dyn_cast<PredicateWithCondition>(PI); | 
|  | 1539 | if (!PWC) | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1541 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | auto *CopyOf = I->getOperand(0); | 
|  | 1543 | auto *Cond = PWC->Condition; | 
|  | 1544 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | // If this a copy of the condition, it must be either true or false depending | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | // on the predicate info type and edge. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | if (CopyOf == Cond) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | // We should not need to add predicate users because the predicate info is | 
|  | 1549 | // already a use of this operand. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | if (isa<PredicateAssume>(PI)) | 
|  | 1551 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType())); | 
|  | 1552 | if (auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { | 
|  | 1553 | if (PBranch->TrueEdge) | 
|  | 1554 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType())); | 
|  | 1555 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType())); | 
|  | 1556 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | if (auto *PSwitch = dyn_cast<PredicateSwitch>(PI)) | 
|  | 1558 | return createConstantExpression(cast<Constant>(PSwitch->CaseValue)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | // Not a copy of the condition, so see what the predicates tell us about this | 
|  | 1562 | // value.  First, though, we check to make sure the value is actually a copy | 
|  | 1563 | // of one of the condition operands. It's possible, in certain cases, for it | 
|  | 1564 | // to be a copy of a predicateinfo copy. In particular, if two branch | 
|  | 1565 | // operations use the same condition, and one branch dominates the other, we | 
|  | 1566 | // will end up with a copy of a copy.  This is currently a small deficiency in | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | // predicateinfo.  What will end up happening here is that we will value | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | // number both copies the same anyway. | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 |  | 
|  | 1570 | // Everything below relies on the condition being a comparison. | 
|  | 1571 | auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Cond); | 
|  | 1572 | if (!Cmp) | 
|  | 1573 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1574 |  | 
|  | 1575 | if (CopyOf != Cmp->getOperand(0) && CopyOf != Cmp->getOperand(1)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Copy is not of any condition operands!\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1578 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | fccbda9 | 2017-02-22 22:20:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | Value *FirstOp = lookupOperandLeader(Cmp->getOperand(0)); | 
|  | 1580 | Value *SecondOp = lookupOperandLeader(Cmp->getOperand(1)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | bool SwappedOps = false; | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | // Sort the ops. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | if (shouldSwapOperands(FirstOp, SecondOp)) { | 
|  | 1584 | std::swap(FirstOp, SecondOp); | 
|  | 1585 | SwappedOps = true; | 
|  | 1586 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = | 
|  | 1588 | SwappedOps ? Cmp->getSwappedPredicate() : Cmp->getPredicate(); | 
|  | 1589 |  | 
|  | 1590 | if (isa<PredicateAssume>(PI)) { | 
| Florian Hahn | a6e63f1 | 2018-05-22 17:38:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | // If we assume the operands are equal, then they are equal. | 
|  | 1592 | if (Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
| Florian Hahn | a6e63f1 | 2018-05-22 17:38:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | addAdditionalUsers(SwappedOps ? Cmp->getOperand(1) : Cmp->getOperand(0), | 
|  | 1595 | I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | return createVariableOrConstant(FirstOp); | 
|  | 1597 | } | 
|  | 1598 | } | 
|  | 1599 | if (const auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { | 
|  | 1600 | // If we are *not* a copy of the comparison, we may equal to the other | 
|  | 1601 | // operand when the predicate implies something about equality of | 
|  | 1602 | // operations.  In particular, if the comparison is true/false when the | 
|  | 1603 | // operands are equal, and we are on the right edge, we know this operation | 
|  | 1604 | // is equal to something. | 
|  | 1605 | if ((PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) || | 
|  | 1606 | (!PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)) { | 
|  | 1607 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 23fec57 | 2017-08-30 19:53:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | addAdditionalUsers(SwappedOps ? Cmp->getOperand(1) : Cmp->getOperand(0), | 
|  | 1609 | I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | return createVariableOrConstant(FirstOp); | 
|  | 1611 | } | 
|  | 1612 | // Handle the special case of floating point. | 
|  | 1613 | if (((PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) || | 
|  | 1614 | (!PBranch->TrueEdge && Predicate == CmpInst::FCMP_UNE)) && | 
|  | 1615 | isa<ConstantFP>(FirstOp) && !cast<ConstantFP>(FirstOp)->isZero()) { | 
|  | 1616 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 23fec57 | 2017-08-30 19:53:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | addAdditionalUsers(SwappedOps ? Cmp->getOperand(1) : Cmp->getOperand(0), | 
|  | 1618 | I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | return createConstantExpression(cast<Constant>(FirstOp)); | 
|  | 1620 | } | 
|  | 1621 | } | 
|  | 1622 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 1623 | } | 
|  | 1624 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | // Evaluate read only and pure calls, and create an expression result. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicCallEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) { | 
| Hiroshi Inoue | f209649 | 2018-06-14 05:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | // Intrinsics with the returned attribute are copies of arguments. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | if (auto *ReturnedValue = II->getReturnedArgOperand()) { | 
|  | 1631 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy) | 
|  | 1632 | if (const auto *Result = performSymbolicPredicateInfoEvaluation(I)) | 
|  | 1633 | return Result; | 
|  | 1634 | return createVariableOrConstant(ReturnedValue); | 
|  | 1635 | } | 
|  | 1636 | } | 
|  | 1637 | if (AA->doesNotAccessMemory(CI)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | return createCallExpression(CI, TOPClass->getMemoryLeader()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | } else if (AA->onlyReadsMemory(CI)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | MemoryAccess *DefiningAccess = MSSAWalker->getClobberingMemoryAccess(CI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | return createCallExpression(CI, DefiningAccess); | 
| Davide Italiano | b222549 | 2016-12-27 18:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | } | 
|  | 1643 | return nullptr; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | } | 
|  | 1645 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | // Retrieve the memory class for a given MemoryAccess. | 
|  | 1647 | CongruenceClass *NewGVN::getMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *MA) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | auto *Result = MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(MA); | 
|  | 1649 | assert(Result && "Should have found memory class"); | 
|  | 1650 | return Result; | 
|  | 1651 | } | 
|  | 1652 |  | 
|  | 1653 | // Update the MemoryAccess equivalence table to say that From is equal to To, | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | // and return true if this is different from what already existed in the table. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | bool NewGVN::setMemoryClass(const MemoryAccess *From, | 
|  | 1656 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { | 
|  | 1657 | assert(NewClass && | 
|  | 1658 | "Every MemoryAccess should be getting mapped to a non-null class"); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Setting " << *From); | 
|  | 1660 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " equivalent to congruence class "); | 
|  | 1661 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << NewClass->getID() | 
|  | 1662 | << " with current MemoryAccess leader "); | 
|  | 1663 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << *NewClass->getMemoryLeader() << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 |  | 
|  | 1665 | auto LookupResult = MemoryAccessToClass.find(From); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | bool Changed = false; | 
|  | 1667 | // If it's already in the table, see if the value changed. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | if (LookupResult != MemoryAccessToClass.end()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | auto *OldClass = LookupResult->second; | 
|  | 1670 | if (OldClass != NewClass) { | 
|  | 1671 | // If this is a phi, we have to handle memory member updates. | 
|  | 1672 | if (auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(From)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | OldClass->memory_erase(MP); | 
|  | 1674 | NewClass->memory_insert(MP); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | // This may have killed the class if it had no non-memory members | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | if (OldClass->getMemoryLeader() == From) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 41f5c7b | 2017-05-12 15:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | if (OldClass->definesNoMemory()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(getNextMemoryLeader(OldClass)); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " | 
|  | 1682 | << OldClass->getID() << " to " | 
|  | 1683 | << *OldClass->getMemoryLeader() | 
|  | 1684 | << " due to removal of a memory member " << *From | 
|  | 1685 | << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); | 
|  | 1687 | } | 
|  | 1688 | } | 
|  | 1689 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | // It wasn't equivalent before, and now it is. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | LookupResult->second = NewClass; | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | Changed = true; | 
|  | 1693 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | return Changed; | 
|  | 1697 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | // Determine if a instruction is cycle-free.  That means the values in the | 
|  | 1700 | // instruction don't depend on any expressions that can change value as a result | 
|  | 1701 | // of the instruction.  For example, a non-cycle free instruction would be v = | 
|  | 1702 | // phi(0, v+1). | 
|  | 1703 | bool NewGVN::isCycleFree(const Instruction *I) const { | 
|  | 1704 | // In order to compute cycle-freeness, we do SCC finding on the instruction, | 
|  | 1705 | // and see what kind of SCC it ends up in.  If it is a singleton, it is | 
|  | 1706 | // cycle-free.  If it is not in a singleton, it is only cycle free if the | 
|  | 1707 | // other members are all phi nodes (as they do not compute anything, they are | 
|  | 1708 | // copies). | 
|  | 1709 | auto ICS = InstCycleState.lookup(I); | 
|  | 1710 | if (ICS == ICS_Unknown) { | 
|  | 1711 | SCCFinder.Start(I); | 
|  | 1712 | auto &SCC = SCCFinder.getComponentFor(I); | 
| Hiroshi Inoue | bcadfee | 2018-04-12 05:53:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | // It's cycle free if it's size 1 or the SCC is *only* phi nodes. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | if (SCC.size() == 1) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | InstCycleState.insert({I, ICS_CycleFree}); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | bool AllPhis = llvm::all_of(SCC, [](const Value *V) { | 
|  | 1718 | return isa<PHINode>(V) || isCopyOfAPHI(V); | 
|  | 1719 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | ICS = AllPhis ? ICS_CycleFree : ICS_Cycle; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | for (auto *Member : SCC) | 
|  | 1722 | if (auto *MemberPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Member)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | InstCycleState.insert({MemberPhi, ICS}); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | } | 
|  | 1725 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | if (ICS == ICS_Cycle) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | return false; | 
|  | 1728 | return true; | 
|  | 1729 | } | 
|  | 1730 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | // Evaluate PHI nodes symbolically and create an expression result. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | const Expression * | 
|  | 1733 | NewGVN::performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(ArrayRef<ValPair> PHIOps, | 
|  | 1734 | Instruction *I, | 
|  | 1735 | BasicBlock *PHIBlock) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | // True if one of the incoming phi edges is a backedge. | 
|  | 1737 | bool HasBackedge = false; | 
|  | 1738 | // All constant tracks the state of whether all the *original* phi operands | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | // This is really shorthand for "this phi cannot cycle due to forward | 
|  | 1740 | // change in value of the phi is guaranteed not to later change the value of | 
|  | 1741 | // the phi. IE it can't be v = phi(undef, v+1) | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | bool OriginalOpsConstant = true; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | auto *E = cast<PHIExpression>(createPHIExpression( | 
|  | 1744 | PHIOps, I, PHIBlock, HasBackedge, OriginalOpsConstant)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | // We match the semantics of SimplifyPhiNode from InstructionSimplify here. | 
| Davide Italiano | 839c7e6 | 2017-05-02 21:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | // See if all arguments are the same. | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | // We track if any were undef because they need special handling. | 
|  | 1748 | bool HasUndef = false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(E->operands(), [&](Value *Arg) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Arg)) { | 
|  | 1751 | HasUndef = true; | 
|  | 1752 | return false; | 
|  | 1753 | } | 
|  | 1754 | return true; | 
|  | 1755 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | // If we are left with no operands, it's dead. | 
| Matthias Braun | 9fd397b | 2018-10-31 00:23:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | if (empty(Filtered)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | // If it has undef at this point, it means there are no-non-undef arguments, | 
|  | 1759 | // and thus, the value of the phi node must be undef. | 
|  | 1760 | if (HasUndef) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | LLVM_DEBUG( | 
|  | 1762 | dbgs() << "PHI Node " << *I | 
|  | 1763 | << " has no non-undef arguments, valuing it as undef\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | return createConstantExpression(UndefValue::get(I->getType())); | 
|  | 1765 | } | 
|  | 1766 |  | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "No arguments of PHI node " << *I << " are live\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | deleteExpression(E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | return createDeadExpression(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | Value *AllSameValue = *(Filtered.begin()); | 
|  | 1772 | ++Filtered.begin(); | 
|  | 1773 | // Can't use std::equal here, sadly, because filter.begin moves. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | if (llvm::all_of(Filtered, [&](Value *Arg) { return Arg == AllSameValue; })) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | // In LLVM's non-standard representation of phi nodes, it's possible to have | 
|  | 1776 | // phi nodes with cycles (IE dependent on other phis that are .... dependent | 
|  | 1777 | // on the original phi node), especially in weird CFG's where some arguments | 
|  | 1778 | // are unreachable, or uninitialized along certain paths.  This can cause | 
|  | 1779 | // infinite loops during evaluation. We work around this by not trying to | 
|  | 1780 | // really evaluate them independently, but instead using a variable | 
|  | 1781 | // expression to say if one is equivalent to the other. | 
|  | 1782 | // We also special case undef, so that if we have an undef, we can't use the | 
|  | 1783 | // common value unless it dominates the phi block. | 
|  | 1784 | if (HasUndef) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | // If we have undef and at least one other value, this is really a | 
|  | 1786 | // multivalued phi, and we need to know if it's cycle free in order to | 
|  | 1787 | // evaluate whether we can ignore the undef.  The other parts of this are | 
|  | 1788 | // just shortcuts.  If there is no backedge, or all operands are | 
| Daniel Berlin | f9c9455 | 2017-09-05 02:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | // constants, it also must be cycle free. | 
|  | 1790 | if (HasBackedge && !OriginalOpsConstant && | 
| Daniel Berlin | e67c322 | 2017-05-25 15:44:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | !isa<UndefValue>(AllSameValue) && !isCycleFree(I)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f72b19 | 2017-04-14 02:53:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | return E; | 
|  | 1793 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | // Only have to check for instructions | 
| Davide Italiano | 1b97fc3 | 2017-01-07 02:05:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | if (auto *AllSameInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AllSameValue)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0796e | 2017-03-24 05:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | if (!someEquivalentDominates(AllSameInst, I)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | return E; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | // Can't simplify to something that comes later in the iteration. | 
|  | 1800 | // Otherwise, when and if it changes congruence class, we will never catch | 
|  | 1801 | // up. We will always be a class behind it. | 
|  | 1802 | if (isa<Instruction>(AllSameValue) && | 
|  | 1803 | InstrToDFSNum(AllSameValue) > InstrToDFSNum(I)) | 
|  | 1804 | return E; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | NumGVNPhisAllSame++; | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Simplified PHI node " << *I << " to " << *AllSameValue | 
|  | 1807 | << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0e90011 | 2017-03-24 06:33:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | deleteExpression(E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | return createVariableOrConstant(AllSameValue); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | } | 
|  | 1811 | return E; | 
|  | 1812 | } | 
|  | 1813 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | const Expression * | 
|  | 1815 | NewGVN::performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | if (auto *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)) { | 
| Nikita Popov | 79dffc6 | 2019-04-16 18:55:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | auto *WO = dyn_cast<WithOverflowInst>(EI->getAggregateOperand()); | 
|  | 1818 | if (WO && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0) | 
|  | 1819 | // EI is an extract from one of our with.overflow intrinsics. Synthesize | 
|  | 1820 | // a semantically equivalent expression instead of an extract value | 
|  | 1821 | // expression. | 
|  | 1822 | return createBinaryExpression(WO->getBinaryOp(), EI->getType(), | 
|  | 1823 | WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS(), I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | } | 
|  | 1825 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | return createAggregateValueExpression(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | const Expression *NewGVN::performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(Instruction *I) const { | 
| Chad Rosier | 4d85259 | 2017-08-08 18:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | assert(isa<CmpInst>(I) && "Expected a cmp instruction."); | 
|  | 1831 |  | 
|  | 1832 | auto *CI = cast<CmpInst>(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | // See if our operands are equal to those of a previous predicate, and if so, | 
|  | 1834 | // if it implies true or false. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | auto Op0 = lookupOperandLeader(CI->getOperand(0)); | 
|  | 1836 | auto Op1 = lookupOperandLeader(CI->getOperand(1)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | auto OurPredicate = CI->getPredicate(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0350a87 | 2017-03-04 00:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | if (shouldSwapOperands(Op0, Op1)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); | 
|  | 1840 | OurPredicate = CI->getSwappedPredicate(); | 
|  | 1841 | } | 
|  | 1842 |  | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | // Avoid processing the same info twice. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | const PredicateBase *LastPredInfo = nullptr; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | // See if we know something about the comparison itself, like it is the target | 
|  | 1846 | // of an assume. | 
|  | 1847 | auto *CmpPI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(I); | 
|  | 1848 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<PredicateAssume>(CmpPI)) | 
|  | 1849 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1850 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | if (Op0 == Op1) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | // This condition does not depend on predicates, no need to add users | 
| Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | if (CI->isTrueWhenEqual()) | 
|  | 1854 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1855 | else if (CI->isFalseWhenEqual()) | 
|  | 1856 | return createConstantExpression(ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1857 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 |  | 
|  | 1859 | // NOTE: Because we are comparing both operands here and below, and using | 
|  | 1860 | // previous comparisons, we rely on fact that predicateinfo knows to mark | 
|  | 1861 | // comparisons that use renamed operands as users of the earlier comparisons. | 
|  | 1862 | // It is *not* enough to just mark predicateinfo renamed operands as users of | 
|  | 1863 | // the earlier comparisons, because the *other* operand may have changed in a | 
|  | 1864 | // previous iteration. | 
|  | 1865 | // Example: | 
|  | 1866 | // icmp slt %a, %b | 
|  | 1867 | // %b.0 = ssa.copy(%b) | 
|  | 1868 | // false branch: | 
|  | 1869 | // icmp slt %c, %b.0 | 
|  | 1870 |  | 
|  | 1871 | // %c and %a may start out equal, and thus, the code below will say the second | 
|  | 1872 | // %icmp is false.  c may become equal to something else, and in that case the | 
|  | 1873 | // %second icmp *must* be reexamined, but would not if only the renamed | 
|  | 1874 | // %operands are considered users of the icmp. | 
|  | 1875 |  | 
|  | 1876 | // *Currently* we only check one level of comparisons back, and only mark one | 
| Sanjay Patel | 7cf745c | 2017-08-03 15:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | // level back as touched when changes happen.  If you modify this code to look | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | // back farther through comparisons, you *must* mark the appropriate | 
|  | 1879 | // comparisons as users in PredicateInfo.cpp, or you will cause bugs.  See if | 
|  | 1880 | // we know something just from the operands themselves | 
|  | 1881 |  | 
|  | 1882 | // See if our operands have predicate info, so that we may be able to derive | 
|  | 1883 | // something from a previous comparison. | 
|  | 1884 | for (const auto &Op : CI->operands()) { | 
|  | 1885 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(Op); | 
|  | 1886 | if (const auto *PBranch = dyn_cast_or_null<PredicateBranch>(PI)) { | 
|  | 1887 | if (PI == LastPredInfo) | 
|  | 1888 | continue; | 
|  | 1889 | LastPredInfo = PI; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 8693210 | 2017-09-01 19:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | // In phi of ops cases, we may have predicate info that we are evaluating | 
|  | 1891 | // in a different context. | 
|  | 1892 | if (!DT->dominates(PBranch->To, getBlockForValue(I))) | 
|  | 1893 | continue; | 
|  | 1894 | // TODO: Along the false edge, we may know more things too, like | 
|  | 1895 | // icmp of | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | // same operands is false. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 8693210 | 2017-09-01 19:20:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | // TODO: We only handle actual comparison conditions below, not | 
|  | 1898 | // and/or. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | auto *BranchCond = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(PBranch->Condition); | 
|  | 1900 | if (!BranchCond) | 
|  | 1901 | continue; | 
|  | 1902 | auto *BranchOp0 = lookupOperandLeader(BranchCond->getOperand(0)); | 
|  | 1903 | auto *BranchOp1 = lookupOperandLeader(BranchCond->getOperand(1)); | 
|  | 1904 | auto BranchPredicate = BranchCond->getPredicate(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0350a87 | 2017-03-04 00:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | if (shouldSwapOperands(BranchOp0, BranchOp1)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | std::swap(BranchOp0, BranchOp1); | 
|  | 1907 | BranchPredicate = BranchCond->getSwappedPredicate(); | 
|  | 1908 | } | 
|  | 1909 | if (BranchOp0 == Op0 && BranchOp1 == Op1) { | 
|  | 1910 | if (PBranch->TrueEdge) { | 
|  | 1911 | // If we know the previous predicate is true and we are in the true | 
|  | 1912 | // edge then we may be implied true or false. | 
| Davide Italiano | 2dfd46b | 2017-05-01 22:26:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(BranchPredicate, | 
|  | 1914 | OurPredicate)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
|  | 1916 | return createConstantExpression( | 
|  | 1917 | ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1918 | } | 
|  | 1919 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 2dfd46b | 2017-05-01 22:26:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(BranchPredicate, | 
|  | 1921 | OurPredicate)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
|  | 1923 | return createConstantExpression( | 
|  | 1924 | ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1925 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | } else { | 
|  | 1927 | // Just handle the ne and eq cases, where if we have the same | 
|  | 1928 | // operands, we may know something. | 
|  | 1929 | if (BranchPredicate == OurPredicate) { | 
|  | 1930 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
|  | 1931 | // Same predicate, same ops,we know it was false, so this is false. | 
|  | 1932 | return createConstantExpression( | 
|  | 1933 | ConstantInt::getFalse(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1934 | } else if (BranchPredicate == | 
|  | 1935 | CmpInst::getInversePredicate(OurPredicate)) { | 
|  | 1936 | addPredicateUsers(PI, I); | 
|  | 1937 | // Inverse predicate, we know the other was false, so this is true. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | return createConstantExpression( | 
|  | 1939 | ConstantInt::getTrue(CI->getType())); | 
|  | 1940 | } | 
|  | 1941 | } | 
|  | 1942 | } | 
|  | 1943 | } | 
|  | 1944 | } | 
|  | 1945 | // Create expression will take care of simplifyCmpInst | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | return createExpression(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 |  | 
|  | 1949 | // Substitute and symbolize the value before value numbering. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | const Expression * | 
|  | 1951 | NewGVN::performSymbolicEvaluation(Value *V, | 
|  | 1952 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | const Expression *E = nullptr; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) | 
|  | 1955 | E = createConstantExpression(C); | 
|  | 1956 | else if (isa<Argument>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) { | 
|  | 1957 | E = createVariableExpression(V); | 
|  | 1958 | } else { | 
|  | 1959 | // TODO: memory intrinsics. | 
|  | 1960 | // TODO: Some day, we should do the forward propagation and reassociation | 
|  | 1961 | // parts of the algorithm. | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { | 
|  | 1964 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: | 
|  | 1965 | case Instruction::InsertValue: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | E = performSymbolicAggrValueEvaluation(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | break; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | case Instruction::PHI: { | 
|  | 1969 | SmallVector<ValPair, 3> Ops; | 
|  | 1970 | auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(I); | 
|  | 1971 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumOperands(); ++i) | 
|  | 1972 | Ops.push_back({PN->getIncomingValue(i), PN->getIncomingBlock(i)}); | 
|  | 1973 | // Sort to ensure the invariant createPHIExpression requires is met. | 
|  | 1974 | sortPHIOps(Ops); | 
|  | 1975 | E = performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(Ops, I, getBlockForValue(I)); | 
|  | 1976 | } break; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | case Instruction::Call: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | E = performSymbolicCallEvaluation(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | break; | 
|  | 1980 | case Instruction::Store: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | E = performSymbolicStoreEvaluation(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | break; | 
|  | 1983 | case Instruction::Load: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | E = performSymbolicLoadEvaluation(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | break; | 
| Fangrui Song | f78650a | 2018-07-30 19:41:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | case Instruction::BitCast: | 
| Matt Arsenault | 663d762 | 2019-06-05 21:15:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | E = createExpression(I); | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | break; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c22aafe | 2017-01-31 22:31:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | case Instruction::ICmp: | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | case Instruction::FCmp: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | E = performSymbolicCmpEvaluation(I); | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | break; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | case Instruction::Add: | 
|  | 1995 | case Instruction::FAdd: | 
|  | 1996 | case Instruction::Sub: | 
|  | 1997 | case Instruction::FSub: | 
|  | 1998 | case Instruction::Mul: | 
|  | 1999 | case Instruction::FMul: | 
|  | 2000 | case Instruction::UDiv: | 
|  | 2001 | case Instruction::SDiv: | 
|  | 2002 | case Instruction::FDiv: | 
|  | 2003 | case Instruction::URem: | 
|  | 2004 | case Instruction::SRem: | 
|  | 2005 | case Instruction::FRem: | 
|  | 2006 | case Instruction::Shl: | 
|  | 2007 | case Instruction::LShr: | 
|  | 2008 | case Instruction::AShr: | 
|  | 2009 | case Instruction::And: | 
|  | 2010 | case Instruction::Or: | 
|  | 2011 | case Instruction::Xor: | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | case Instruction::Trunc: | 
|  | 2013 | case Instruction::ZExt: | 
|  | 2014 | case Instruction::SExt: | 
|  | 2015 | case Instruction::FPToUI: | 
|  | 2016 | case Instruction::FPToSI: | 
|  | 2017 | case Instruction::UIToFP: | 
|  | 2018 | case Instruction::SIToFP: | 
|  | 2019 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: | 
|  | 2020 | case Instruction::FPExt: | 
|  | 2021 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: | 
|  | 2022 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: | 
|  | 2023 | case Instruction::Select: | 
|  | 2024 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: | 
|  | 2025 | case Instruction::InsertElement: | 
|  | 2026 | case Instruction::ShuffleVector: | 
|  | 2027 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | E = createExpression(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | break; | 
|  | 2030 | default: | 
|  | 2031 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2032 | } | 
|  | 2033 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | return E; | 
|  | 2035 | } | 
|  | 2036 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | // Look up a container in a map, and then call a function for each thing in the | 
|  | 2038 | // found container. | 
|  | 2039 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType, typename Func> | 
|  | 2040 | void NewGVN::for_each_found(Map &M, const KeyType &Key, Func F) { | 
|  | 2041 | const auto Result = M.find_as(Key); | 
|  | 2042 | if (Result != M.end()) | 
|  | 2043 | for (typename Map::mapped_type::value_type Mapped : Result->second) | 
|  | 2044 | F(Mapped); | 
|  | 2045 | } | 
|  | 2046 |  | 
|  | 2047 | // Look up a container of values/instructions in a map, and touch all the | 
|  | 2048 | // instructions in the container.  Then erase value from the map. | 
|  | 2049 | template <typename Map, typename KeyType> | 
|  | 2050 | void NewGVN::touchAndErase(Map &M, const KeyType &Key) { | 
|  | 2051 | const auto Result = M.find_as(Key); | 
|  | 2052 | if (Result != M.end()) { | 
|  | 2053 | for (const typename Map::mapped_type::value_type Mapped : Result->second) | 
|  | 2054 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(Mapped)); | 
|  | 2055 | M.erase(Result); | 
|  | 2056 | } | 
|  | 2057 | } | 
|  | 2058 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | void NewGVN::addAdditionalUsers(Value *To, Value *User) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 54a92fc | 2017-09-05 02:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | assert(User && To != User); | 
| Daniel Berlin | be3e7ba | 2017-05-31 01:47:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | if (isa<Instruction>(To)) | 
|  | 2062 | AdditionalUsers[To].insert(User); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | } | 
|  | 2064 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | void NewGVN::markUsersTouched(Value *V) { | 
|  | 2066 | // Now mark the users as touched. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | for (auto *User : V->users()) { | 
|  | 2068 | assert(isa<Instruction>(User) && "Use of value not within an instruction?"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(User)); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | touchAndErase(AdditionalUsers, V); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | } | 
|  | 2073 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | void NewGVN::addMemoryUsers(const MemoryAccess *To, MemoryAccess *U) const { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Adding memory user " << *U << " to " << *To << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | MemoryToUsers[To].insert(U); | 
|  | 2077 | } | 
|  | 2078 |  | 
|  | 2079 | void NewGVN::markMemoryDefTouched(const MemoryAccess *MA) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | TouchedInstructions.set(MemoryToDFSNum(MA)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | } | 
|  | 2082 |  | 
|  | 2083 | void NewGVN::markMemoryUsersTouched(const MemoryAccess *MA) { | 
|  | 2084 | if (isa<MemoryUse>(MA)) | 
|  | 2085 | return; | 
|  | 2086 | for (auto U : MA->users()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | TouchedInstructions.set(MemoryToDFSNum(U)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | touchAndErase(MemoryToUsers, MA); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | } | 
|  | 2090 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | // Add I to the set of users of a given predicate. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6604a2f | 2017-05-09 16:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | void NewGVN::addPredicateUsers(const PredicateBase *PB, Instruction *I) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | // Don't add temporary instructions to the user lists. | 
|  | 2094 | if (AllTempInstructions.count(I)) | 
|  | 2095 | return; | 
|  | 2096 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | if (auto *PBranch = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PB)) | 
|  | 2098 | PredicateToUsers[PBranch->Condition].insert(I); | 
|  | 2099 | else if (auto *PAssume = dyn_cast<PredicateBranch>(PB)) | 
|  | 2100 | PredicateToUsers[PAssume->Condition].insert(I); | 
|  | 2101 | } | 
|  | 2102 |  | 
|  | 2103 | // Touch all the predicates that depend on this instruction. | 
|  | 2104 | void NewGVN::markPredicateUsersTouched(Instruction *I) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | touchAndErase(PredicateToUsers, I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | } | 
|  | 2107 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | // Mark users affected by a memory leader change. | 
|  | 2109 | void NewGVN::markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | for (auto M : CC->memory()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | markMemoryDefTouched(M); | 
|  | 2112 | } | 
|  | 2113 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | // Touch the instructions that need to be updated after a congruence class has a | 
|  | 2115 | // leader change, and mark changed values. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | void NewGVN::markValueLeaderChangeTouched(CongruenceClass *CC) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | for (auto M : *CC) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(M)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | LeaderChanges.insert(M); | 
|  | 2121 | } | 
|  | 2122 | } | 
|  | 2123 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | // Give a range of things that have instruction DFS numbers, this will return | 
|  | 2125 | // the member of the range with the smallest dfs number. | 
|  | 2126 | template <class T, class Range> | 
|  | 2127 | T *NewGVN::getMinDFSOfRange(const Range &R) const { | 
|  | 2128 | std::pair<T *, unsigned> MinDFS = {nullptr, ~0U}; | 
|  | 2129 | for (const auto X : R) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | auto DFSNum = InstrToDFSNum(X); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | if (DFSNum < MinDFS.second) | 
|  | 2132 | MinDFS = {X, DFSNum}; | 
|  | 2133 | } | 
|  | 2134 | return MinDFS.first; | 
|  | 2135 | } | 
|  | 2136 |  | 
|  | 2137 | // This function returns the MemoryAccess that should be the next leader of | 
|  | 2138 | // congruence class CC, under the assumption that the current leader is going to | 
|  | 2139 | // disappear. | 
|  | 2140 | const MemoryAccess *NewGVN::getNextMemoryLeader(CongruenceClass *CC) const { | 
|  | 2141 | // TODO: If this ends up to slow, we can maintain a next memory leader like we | 
|  | 2142 | // do for regular leaders. | 
| Daniel Berlin | de269f4 | 2017-08-26 07:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | // Make sure there will be a leader to find. | 
| Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | assert(!CC->definesNoMemory() && "Can't get next leader if there is none"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | if (CC->getStoreCount() > 0) { | 
|  | 2146 | if (auto *NL = dyn_cast_or_null<StoreInst>(CC->getNextLeader().first)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | return getMemoryAccess(NL); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | // Find the store with the minimum DFS number. | 
|  | 2149 | auto *V = getMinDFSOfRange<Value>(make_filter_range( | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | *CC, [&](const Value *V) { return isa<StoreInst>(V); })); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | return getMemoryAccess(cast<StoreInst>(V)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | assert(CC->getStoreCount() == 0); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 |  | 
|  | 2155 | // Given our assertion, hitting this part must mean | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | // !OldClass->memory_empty() | 
|  | 2157 | if (CC->memory_size() == 1) | 
|  | 2158 | return *CC->memory_begin(); | 
|  | 2159 | return getMinDFSOfRange<const MemoryPhi>(CC->memory()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | } | 
|  | 2161 |  | 
|  | 2162 | // This function returns the next value leader of a congruence class, under the | 
|  | 2163 | // assumption that the current leader is going away.  This should end up being | 
|  | 2164 | // the next most dominating member. | 
|  | 2165 | Value *NewGVN::getNextValueLeader(CongruenceClass *CC) const { | 
|  | 2166 | // We don't need to sort members if there is only 1, and we don't care about | 
|  | 2167 | // sorting the TOP class because everything either gets out of it or is | 
|  | 2168 | // unreachable. | 
|  | 2169 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | if (CC->size() == 1 || CC == TOPClass) { | 
|  | 2171 | return *(CC->begin()); | 
|  | 2172 | } else if (CC->getNextLeader().first) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | ++NumGVNAvoidedSortedLeaderChanges; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | return CC->getNextLeader().first; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | } else { | 
|  | 2176 | ++NumGVNSortedLeaderChanges; | 
|  | 2177 | // NOTE: If this ends up to slow, we can maintain a dual structure for | 
|  | 2178 | // member testing/insertion, or keep things mostly sorted, and sort only | 
|  | 2179 | // here, or use SparseBitVector or .... | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | return getMinDFSOfRange<Value>(*CC); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | } | 
|  | 2182 | } | 
|  | 2183 |  | 
|  | 2184 | // Move a MemoryAccess, currently in OldClass, to NewClass, including updates to | 
|  | 2185 | // the memory members, etc for the move. | 
|  | 2186 | // | 
|  | 2187 | // The invariants of this function are: | 
|  | 2188 | // | 
| Davide Italiano | fb4544c | 2017-07-11 19:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | // - I must be moving to NewClass from OldClass | 
|  | 2190 | // - The StoreCount of OldClass and NewClass is expected to have been updated | 
| Hiroshi Inoue | 9ff2380 | 2018-04-09 04:37:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | //   for I already if it is a store. | 
| Davide Italiano | fb4544c | 2017-07-11 19:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | // - The OldClass memory leader has not been updated yet if I was the leader. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | void NewGVN::moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *I, | 
|  | 2194 | MemoryAccess *InstMA, | 
|  | 2195 | CongruenceClass *OldClass, | 
|  | 2196 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { | 
| Hiroshi Inoue | f209649 | 2018-06-14 05:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | // If the leader is I, and we had a representative MemoryAccess, it should | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | // be the MemoryAccess of OldClass. | 
| Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | assert((!InstMA || !OldClass->getMemoryLeader() || | 
|  | 2200 | OldClass->getLeader() != I || | 
| Davide Italiano | ee1c821 | 2017-07-11 19:49:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(OldClass->getMemoryLeader()) == | 
|  | 2202 | MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(InstMA)) && | 
| Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | "Representative MemoryAccess mismatch"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | // First, see what happens to the new class | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | if (!NewClass->getMemoryLeader()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | // Should be a new class, or a store becoming a leader of a new class. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | assert(NewClass->size() == 1 || | 
|  | 2208 | (isa<StoreInst>(I) && NewClass->getStoreCount() == 1)); | 
|  | 2209 | NewClass->setMemoryLeader(InstMA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | // Mark it touched if we didn't just create a singleton | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " | 
|  | 2212 | << NewClass->getID() | 
|  | 2213 | << " due to new memory instruction becoming leader\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(NewClass); | 
|  | 2215 | } | 
|  | 2216 | setMemoryClass(InstMA, NewClass); | 
|  | 2217 | // Now, fixup the old class if necessary | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | if (OldClass->getMemoryLeader() == InstMA) { | 
| Davide Italiano | dc43532 | 2017-05-10 19:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | if (!OldClass->definesNoMemory()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(getNextMemoryLeader(OldClass)); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory class leader change for class " | 
|  | 2222 | << OldClass->getID() << " to " | 
|  | 2223 | << *OldClass->getMemoryLeader() | 
|  | 2224 | << " due to removal of old leader " << *InstMA << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | markMemoryLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); | 
|  | 2226 | } else | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | OldClass->setMemoryLeader(nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | } | 
|  | 2229 | } | 
|  | 2230 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | // Move a value, currently in OldClass, to be part of NewClass | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | // Update OldClass and NewClass for the move (including changing leaders, etc). | 
|  | 2233 | void NewGVN::moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(Instruction *I, const Expression *E, | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | CongruenceClass *OldClass, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | CongruenceClass *NewClass) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (I == OldClass->getNextLeader().first) | 
|  | 2237 | OldClass->resetNextLeader(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | ff15200 | 2017-05-19 19:01:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | OldClass->erase(I); | 
|  | 2240 | NewClass->insert(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | if (NewClass->getLeader() != I) | 
|  | 2243 | NewClass->addPossibleNextLeader({I, InstrToDFSNum(I)}); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | // Handle our special casing of stores. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | OldClass->decStoreCount(); | 
|  | 2247 | // Okay, so when do we want to make a store a leader of a class? | 
|  | 2248 | // If we have a store defined by an earlier load, we want the earlier load | 
|  | 2249 | // to lead the class. | 
|  | 2250 | // If we have a store defined by something else, we want the store to lead | 
|  | 2251 | // the class so everything else gets the "something else" as a value. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | // If we have a store as the single member of the class, we want the store | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | // as the leader | 
|  | 2254 | if (NewClass->getStoreCount() == 0 && !NewClass->getStoredValue()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | // If it's a store expression we are using, it means we are not equivalent | 
|  | 2256 | // to something earlier. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | if (auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(E)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | NewClass->setStoredValue(SE->getStoredValue()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | markValueLeaderChangeTouched(NewClass); | 
|  | 2260 | // Shift the new class leader to be the store | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Changing leader of congruence class " | 
|  | 2262 | << NewClass->getID() << " from " | 
|  | 2263 | << *NewClass->getLeader() << " to  " << *SI | 
|  | 2264 | << " because store joined class\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | // If we changed the leader, we have to mark it changed because we don't | 
| Davide Italiano | 67b0e53 | 2017-07-11 19:19:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | // know what it will do to symbolic evaluation. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | NewClass->setLeader(SI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | } | 
|  | 2269 | // We rely on the code below handling the MemoryAccess change. | 
|  | 2270 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | NewClass->incStoreCount(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | // True if there is no memory instructions left in a class that had memory | 
|  | 2274 | // instructions before. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | // If it's not a memory use, set the MemoryAccess equivalence | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | auto *InstMA = dyn_cast_or_null<MemoryDef>(getMemoryAccess(I)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | if (InstMA) | 
|  | 2279 | moveMemoryToNewCongruenceClass(I, InstMA, OldClass, NewClass); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | ValueToClass[I] = NewClass; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | // See if we destroyed the class or need to swap leaders. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | if (OldClass->empty() && OldClass != TOPClass) { | 
|  | 2283 | if (OldClass->getDefiningExpr()) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Erasing expression " << *OldClass->getDefiningExpr() | 
|  | 2285 | << " from table\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | // We erase it as an exact expression to make sure we don't just erase an | 
|  | 2287 | // equivalent one. | 
|  | 2288 | auto Iter = ExpressionToClass.find_as( | 
|  | 2289 | ExactEqualsExpression(*OldClass->getDefiningExpr())); | 
|  | 2290 | if (Iter != ExpressionToClass.end()) | 
|  | 2291 | ExpressionToClass.erase(Iter); | 
|  | 2292 | #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS | 
|  | 2293 | assert( | 
|  | 2294 | (*OldClass->getDefiningExpr() != *E || ExpressionToClass.lookup(E)) && | 
|  | 2295 | "We erased the expression we just inserted, which should not happen"); | 
|  | 2296 | #endif | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | } else if (OldClass->getLeader() == I) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | // When the leader changes, the value numbering of | 
|  | 2300 | // everything may change due to symbolization changes, so we need to | 
|  | 2301 | // reprocess. | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Value class leader change for class " | 
|  | 2303 | << OldClass->getID() << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | ++NumGVNLeaderChanges; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | // Destroy the stored value if there are no more stores to represent it. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | // Note that this is basically clean up for the expression removal that | 
|  | 2307 | // happens below.  If we remove stores from a class, we may leave it as a | 
|  | 2308 | // class of equivalent memory phis. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | if (OldClass->getStoreCount() == 0) { | 
|  | 2310 | if (OldClass->getStoredValue()) | 
|  | 2311 | OldClass->setStoredValue(nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 | OldClass->setLeader(getNextValueLeader(OldClass)); | 
|  | 2314 | OldClass->resetNextLeader(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | markValueLeaderChangeTouched(OldClass); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | } | 
|  | 2317 | } | 
|  | 2318 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | // For a given expression, mark the phi of ops instructions that could have | 
|  | 2320 | // changed as a result. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | void NewGVN::markPhiOfOpsChanged(const Expression *E) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | d36c27b | 2017-09-30 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | touchAndErase(ExpressionToPhiOfOps, E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | // Perform congruence finding on a given value numbering expression. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | void NewGVN::performCongruenceFinding(Instruction *I, const Expression *E) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | // This is guaranteed to return something, since it will at least find | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | // TOP. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 |  | 
|  | 2330 | CongruenceClass *IClass = ValueToClass.lookup(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | assert(IClass && "Should have found a IClass"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | // Dead classes should have been eliminated from the mapping. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | assert(!IClass->isDead() && "Found a dead class"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | CongruenceClass *EClass = nullptr; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | if (const auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | EClass = ValueToClass.lookup(VE->getVariableValue()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | } else if (isa<DeadExpression>(E)) { | 
|  | 2339 | EClass = TOPClass; | 
|  | 2340 | } | 
|  | 2341 | if (!EClass) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | auto lookupResult = ExpressionToClass.insert({E, nullptr}); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 |  | 
|  | 2344 | // If it's not in the value table, create a new congruence class. | 
|  | 2345 | if (lookupResult.second) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | CongruenceClass *NewClass = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, E); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | auto place = lookupResult.first; | 
|  | 2348 | place->second = NewClass; | 
|  | 2349 |  | 
|  | 2350 | // Constants and variables should always be made the leader. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | NewClass->setLeader(CE->getConstantValue()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | } else if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(E)) { | 
|  | 2354 | StoreInst *SI = SE->getStoreInst(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | NewClass->setLeader(SI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 629e1ff | 2017-05-16 06:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | NewClass->setStoredValue(SE->getStoredValue()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | // The RepMemoryAccess field will be filled in properly by the | 
|  | 2358 | // moveValueToNewCongruenceClass call. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | NewClass->setLeader(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 32f8d56 | 2017-01-07 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | } | 
|  | 2362 | assert(!isa<VariableExpression>(E) && | 
|  | 2363 | "VariableExpression should have been handled already"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 |  | 
|  | 2365 | EClass = NewClass; | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created new congruence class for " << *I | 
|  | 2367 | << " using expression " << *E << " at " | 
|  | 2368 | << NewClass->getID() << " and leader " | 
|  | 2369 | << *(NewClass->getLeader())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | if (NewClass->getStoredValue()) | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " and stored value " | 
|  | 2372 | << *(NewClass->getStoredValue())); | 
|  | 2373 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | } else { | 
|  | 2375 | EClass = lookupResult.first->second; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | if (isa<ConstantExpression>(E)) | 
| Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | assert((isa<Constant>(EClass->getLeader()) || | 
|  | 2378 | (EClass->getStoredValue() && | 
|  | 2379 | isa<Constant>(EClass->getStoredValue()))) && | 
|  | 2380 | "Any class with a constant expression should have a " | 
|  | 2381 | "constant leader"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | assert(EClass && "Somehow don't have an eclass"); | 
|  | 2384 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | assert(!EClass->isDead() && "We accidentally looked up a dead class"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | } | 
|  | 2387 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | bool ClassChanged = IClass != EClass; | 
|  | 2389 | bool LeaderChanged = LeaderChanges.erase(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3a1bd02 | 2017-01-11 20:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | if (ClassChanged || LeaderChanged) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "New class " << EClass->getID() << " for expression " | 
|  | 2392 | << *E << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | if (ClassChanged) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | moveValueToNewCongruenceClass(I, E, IClass, EClass); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2aa5dc1 | 2017-05-30 06:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | markPhiOfOpsChanged(E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | } | 
|  | 2397 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | markUsersTouched(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | if (MemoryAccess *MA = getMemoryAccess(I)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0431fd | 2017-01-13 22:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MA); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) | 
|  | 2402 | markPredicateUsersTouched(CI); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | // If we changed the class of the store, we want to ensure nothing finds the | 
|  | 2405 | // old store expression.  In particular, loads do not compare against stored | 
|  | 2406 | // value, so they will find old store expressions (and associated class | 
|  | 2407 | // mappings) if we leave them in the table. | 
| Davide Italiano | ee49f49 | 2017-05-19 04:06:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | if (ClassChanged && isa<StoreInst>(I)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | auto *OldE = ValueToExpression.lookup(I); | 
|  | 2410 | // It could just be that the old class died. We don't want to erase it if we | 
|  | 2411 | // just moved classes. | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | if (OldE && isa<StoreExpression>(OldE) && *E != *OldE) { | 
|  | 2413 | // Erase this as an exact expression to ensure we don't erase expressions | 
|  | 2414 | // equivalent to it. | 
|  | 2415 | auto Iter = ExpressionToClass.find_as(ExactEqualsExpression(*OldE)); | 
|  | 2416 | if (Iter != ExpressionToClass.end()) | 
|  | 2417 | ExpressionToClass.erase(Iter); | 
|  | 2418 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | } | 
|  | 2420 | ValueToExpression[I] = E; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | } | 
|  | 2422 |  | 
|  | 2423 | // Process the fact that Edge (from, to) is reachable, including marking | 
|  | 2424 | // any newly reachable blocks and instructions for processing. | 
|  | 2425 | void NewGVN::updateReachableEdge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) { | 
|  | 2426 | // Check if the Edge was reachable before. | 
|  | 2427 | if (ReachableEdges.insert({From, To}).second) { | 
|  | 2428 | // If this block wasn't reachable before, all instructions are touched. | 
|  | 2429 | if (ReachableBlocks.insert(To).second) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(To) | 
|  | 2431 | << " marked reachable\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | const auto &InstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(To); | 
|  | 2433 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstRange.first, InstRange.second); | 
|  | 2434 | } else { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(To) | 
|  | 2436 | << " was reachable, but new edge {" | 
|  | 2437 | << getBlockName(From) << "," << getBlockName(To) | 
|  | 2438 | << "} to it found\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 |  | 
|  | 2440 | // We've made an edge reachable to an existing block, which may | 
|  | 2441 | // impact predicates. Otherwise, only mark the phi nodes as touched, as | 
|  | 2442 | // they are the only thing that depend on new edges. Anything using their | 
|  | 2443 | // values will get propagated to if necessary. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | if (MemoryAccess *MemPhi = getMemoryAccess(To)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstrToDFSNum(MemPhi)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | // FIXME: We should just add a union op on a Bitvector and | 
|  | 2448 | // SparseBitVector.  We can do it word by word faster than we are doing it | 
|  | 2449 | // here. | 
|  | 2450 | for (auto InstNum : RevisitOnReachabilityChange[To]) | 
|  | 2451 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstNum); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | } | 
|  | 2453 | } | 
|  | 2454 | } | 
|  | 2455 |  | 
|  | 2456 | // Given a predicate condition (from a switch, cmp, or whatever) and a block, | 
|  | 2457 | // see if we know some constant value for it already. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | Value *NewGVN::findConditionEquivalence(Value *Cond) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 203f47b | 2017-01-31 22:31:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | auto Result = lookupOperandLeader(Cond); | 
| Davide Italiano | daa9c0e | 2017-06-19 16:46:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | return isa<Constant>(Result) ? Result : nullptr; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | } | 
|  | 2462 |  | 
|  | 2463 | // Process the outgoing edges of a block for reachability. | 
| Chandler Carruth | c6cad42 | 2018-10-18 00:39:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | void NewGVN::processOutgoingEdges(Instruction *TI, BasicBlock *B) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | // Evaluate reachability of terminator instruction. | 
|  | 2466 | BranchInst *BR; | 
|  | 2467 | if ((BR = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) && BR->isConditional()) { | 
|  | 2468 | Value *Cond = BR->getCondition(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | Value *CondEvaluated = findConditionEquivalence(Cond); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | if (!CondEvaluated) { | 
|  | 2471 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | const Expression *E = createExpression(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) { | 
|  | 2474 | CondEvaluated = CE->getConstantValue(); | 
|  | 2475 | } | 
|  | 2476 | } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(Cond)) { | 
|  | 2477 | CondEvaluated = Cond; | 
|  | 2478 | } | 
|  | 2479 | } | 
|  | 2480 | ConstantInt *CI; | 
|  | 2481 | BasicBlock *TrueSucc = BR->getSuccessor(0); | 
|  | 2482 | BasicBlock *FalseSucc = BR->getSuccessor(1); | 
|  | 2483 | if (CondEvaluated && (CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated))) { | 
|  | 2484 | if (CI->isOne()) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Condition for Terminator " << *TI | 
|  | 2486 | << " evaluated to true\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | updateReachableEdge(B, TrueSucc); | 
|  | 2488 | } else if (CI->isZero()) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Condition for Terminator " << *TI | 
|  | 2490 | << " evaluated to false\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2491 | updateReachableEdge(B, FalseSucc); | 
|  | 2492 | } | 
|  | 2493 | } else { | 
|  | 2494 | updateReachableEdge(B, TrueSucc); | 
|  | 2495 | updateReachableEdge(B, FalseSucc); | 
|  | 2496 | } | 
|  | 2497 | } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) { | 
|  | 2498 | // For switches, propagate the case values into the case | 
|  | 2499 | // destinations. | 
|  | 2500 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | Value *SwitchCond = SI->getCondition(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 97718e6 | 2017-01-31 22:32:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | Value *CondEvaluated = findConditionEquivalence(SwitchCond); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | // See if we were able to turn this switch statement into a constant. | 
|  | 2504 | if (CondEvaluated && isa<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated)) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | auto *CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(CondEvaluated); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | // We should be able to get case value for this. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 927d8e6 | 2017-04-12 07:27:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | auto Case = *SI->findCaseValue(CondVal); | 
|  | 2508 | if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() == SI->getDefaultDest()) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | // We proved the value is outside of the range of the case. | 
|  | 2510 | // We can't do anything other than mark the default dest as reachable, | 
|  | 2511 | // and go home. | 
|  | 2512 | updateReachableEdge(B, SI->getDefaultDest()); | 
|  | 2513 | return; | 
|  | 2514 | } | 
|  | 2515 | // Now get where it goes and mark it reachable. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 927d8e6 | 2017-04-12 07:27:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = Case.getCaseSuccessor(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | } else { | 
|  | 2519 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 2520 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = SI->getSuccessor(i); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); | 
|  | 2522 | } | 
|  | 2523 | } | 
|  | 2524 | } else { | 
|  | 2525 | // Otherwise this is either unconditional, or a type we have no | 
|  | 2526 | // idea about. Just mark successors as reachable. | 
|  | 2527 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 2528 | BasicBlock *TargetBlock = TI->getSuccessor(i); | 
|  | 2529 | updateReachableEdge(B, TargetBlock); | 
|  | 2530 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 |  | 
|  | 2532 | // This also may be a memory defining terminator, in which case, set it | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | // equivalent only to itself. | 
|  | 2534 | // | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | auto *MA = getMemoryAccess(TI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | if (MA && !isa<MemoryUse>(MA)) { | 
|  | 2537 | auto *CC = ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MA); | 
|  | 2538 | if (setMemoryClass(MA, CC)) | 
|  | 2539 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MA); | 
|  | 2540 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | } | 
|  | 2542 | } | 
|  | 2543 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | // Remove the PHI of Ops PHI for I | 
|  | 2545 | void NewGVN::removePhiOfOps(Instruction *I, PHINode *PHITemp) { | 
|  | 2546 | InstrDFS.erase(PHITemp); | 
|  | 2547 | // It's still a temp instruction. We keep it in the array so it gets erased. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | // However, it's no longer used by I, or in the block | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | TempToBlock.erase(PHITemp); | 
|  | 2550 | RealToTemp.erase(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | // We don't remove the users from the phi node uses. This wastes a little | 
|  | 2552 | // time, but such is life.  We could use two sets to track which were there | 
|  | 2553 | // are the start of NewGVN, and which were added, but right nowt he cost of | 
|  | 2554 | // tracking is more than the cost of checking for more phi of ops. | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | } | 
|  | 2556 |  | 
|  | 2557 | // Add PHI Op in BB as a PHI of operations version of ExistingValue. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | void NewGVN::addPhiOfOps(PHINode *Op, BasicBlock *BB, | 
|  | 2559 | Instruction *ExistingValue) { | 
|  | 2560 | InstrDFS[Op] = InstrToDFSNum(ExistingValue); | 
|  | 2561 | AllTempInstructions.insert(Op); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | TempToBlock[Op] = BB; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b779db7 | 2017-06-29 17:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | RealToTemp[ExistingValue] = Op; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | // Add all users to phi node use, as they are now uses of the phi of ops phis | 
|  | 2565 | // and may themselves be phi of ops. | 
|  | 2566 | for (auto *U : ExistingValue->users()) | 
|  | 2567 | if (auto *UI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) | 
|  | 2568 | PHINodeUses.insert(UI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | } | 
|  | 2570 |  | 
|  | 2571 | static bool okayForPHIOfOps(const Instruction *I) { | 
| Chad Rosier | a5508e3 | 2017-08-10 14:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | if (!EnablePhiOfOps) | 
|  | 2573 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | return isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || | 
|  | 2575 | isa<LoadInst>(I); | 
|  | 2576 | } | 
|  | 2577 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | bool NewGVN::OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper( | 
|  | 2579 | Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, | 
|  | 2580 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited, | 
|  | 2581 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { | 
|  | 2582 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | if (!isa<Instruction>(V)) | 
|  | 2584 | return true; | 
|  | 2585 | auto OISIt = OpSafeForPHIOfOps.find(V); | 
|  | 2586 | if (OISIt != OpSafeForPHIOfOps.end()) | 
|  | 2587 | return OISIt->second; | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 | // Keep walking until we either dominate the phi block, or hit a phi, or run | 
|  | 2590 | // out of things to check. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | if (DT->properlyDominates(getBlockForValue(V), PHIBlock)) { | 
|  | 2592 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, true}); | 
|  | 2593 | return true; | 
|  | 2594 | } | 
|  | 2595 | // PHI in the same block. | 
|  | 2596 | if (isa<PHINode>(V) && getBlockForValue(V) == PHIBlock) { | 
|  | 2597 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, false}); | 
|  | 2598 | return false; | 
|  | 2599 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | auto *OrigI = cast<Instruction>(V); | 
|  | 2602 | for (auto *Op : OrigI->operand_values()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Op)) | 
|  | 2604 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | // Stop now if we find an unsafe operand. | 
|  | 2606 | auto OISIt = OpSafeForPHIOfOps.find(OrigI); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | if (OISIt != OpSafeForPHIOfOps.end()) { | 
|  | 2608 | if (!OISIt->second) { | 
|  | 2609 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, false}); | 
|  | 2610 | return false; | 
|  | 2611 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | if (!Visited.insert(Op).second) | 
|  | 2615 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(Op)); | 
|  | 2617 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | return true; | 
|  | 2619 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | // Return true if this operand will be safe to use for phi of ops. | 
|  | 2622 | // | 
|  | 2623 | // The reason some operands are unsafe is that we are not trying to recursively | 
|  | 2624 | // translate everything back through phi nodes.  We actually expect some lookups | 
|  | 2625 | // of expressions to fail.  In particular, a lookup where the expression cannot | 
|  | 2626 | // exist in the predecessor.  This is true even if the expression, as shown, can | 
|  | 2627 | // be determined to be constant. | 
|  | 2628 | bool NewGVN::OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Value *V, const BasicBlock *PHIBlock, | 
|  | 2629 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Visited) { | 
|  | 2630 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> Worklist; | 
|  | 2631 | if (!OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(V, PHIBlock, Visited, Worklist)) | 
|  | 2632 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | de6958e | 2017-09-30 23:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { | 
|  | 2634 | auto *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08dd582 | 2017-10-06 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | if (!OpIsSafeForPHIOfOpsHelper(I, PHIBlock, Visited, Worklist)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | } | 
|  | 2638 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.insert({V, true}); | 
|  | 2639 | return true; | 
|  | 2640 | } | 
|  | 2641 |  | 
|  | 2642 | // Try to find a leader for instruction TransInst, which is a phi translated | 
|  | 2643 | // version of something in our original program.  Visited is used to ensure we | 
|  | 2644 | // don't infinite loop during translations of cycles.  OrigInst is the | 
|  | 2645 | // instruction in the original program, and PredBB is the predecessor we | 
|  | 2646 | // translated it through. | 
|  | 2647 | Value *NewGVN::findLeaderForInst(Instruction *TransInst, | 
|  | 2648 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited, | 
|  | 2649 | MemoryAccess *MemAccess, Instruction *OrigInst, | 
|  | 2650 | BasicBlock *PredBB) { | 
|  | 2651 | unsigned IDFSNum = InstrToDFSNum(OrigInst); | 
|  | 2652 | // Make sure it's marked as a temporary instruction. | 
|  | 2653 | AllTempInstructions.insert(TransInst); | 
|  | 2654 | // and make sure anything that tries to add it's DFS number is | 
|  | 2655 | // redirected to the instruction we are making a phi of ops | 
|  | 2656 | // for. | 
|  | 2657 | TempToBlock.insert({TransInst, PredBB}); | 
|  | 2658 | InstrDFS.insert({TransInst, IDFSNum}); | 
|  | 2659 |  | 
|  | 2660 | const Expression *E = performSymbolicEvaluation(TransInst, Visited); | 
|  | 2661 | InstrDFS.erase(TransInst); | 
|  | 2662 | AllTempInstructions.erase(TransInst); | 
|  | 2663 | TempToBlock.erase(TransInst); | 
|  | 2664 | if (MemAccess) | 
|  | 2665 | TempToMemory.erase(TransInst); | 
|  | 2666 | if (!E) | 
|  | 2667 | return nullptr; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | auto *FoundVal = findPHIOfOpsLeader(E, OrigInst, PredBB); | 
|  | 2669 | if (!FoundVal) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps[E].insert(OrigInst); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Cannot find phi of ops operand for " << *TransInst | 
|  | 2672 | << " in block " << getBlockName(PredBB) << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2674 | } | 
|  | 2675 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(FoundVal)) | 
|  | 2676 | FoundVal = SI->getValueOperand(); | 
|  | 2677 | return FoundVal; | 
|  | 2678 | } | 
|  | 2679 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | // When we see an instruction that is an op of phis, generate the equivalent phi | 
|  | 2681 | // of ops form. | 
|  | 2682 | const Expression * | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | NewGVN::makePossiblePHIOfOps(Instruction *I, | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Visited) { | 
|  | 2685 | if (!okayForPHIOfOps(I)) | 
|  | 2686 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2687 |  | 
|  | 2688 | if (!Visited.insert(I).second) | 
|  | 2689 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2690 | // For now, we require the instruction be cycle free because we don't | 
|  | 2691 | // *always* create a phi of ops for instructions that could be done as phi | 
|  | 2692 | // of ops, we only do it if we think it is useful.  If we did do it all the | 
|  | 2693 | // time, we could remove the cycle free check. | 
|  | 2694 | if (!isCycleFree(I)) | 
|  | 2695 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2696 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> ProcessedPHIs; | 
|  | 2698 | // TODO: We don't do phi translation on memory accesses because it's | 
|  | 2699 | // complicated. For a load, we'd need to be able to simulate a new memoryuse, | 
|  | 2700 | // which we don't have a good way of doing ATM. | 
|  | 2701 | auto *MemAccess = getMemoryAccess(I); | 
|  | 2702 | // If the memory operation is defined by a memory operation this block that | 
|  | 2703 | // isn't a MemoryPhi, transforming the pointer backwards through a scalar phi | 
|  | 2704 | // can't help, as it would still be killed by that memory operation. | 
|  | 2705 | if (MemAccess && !isa<MemoryPhi>(MemAccess->getDefiningAccess()) && | 
|  | 2706 | MemAccess->getDefiningAccess()->getBlock() == I->getParent()) | 
|  | 2707 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2708 |  | 
|  | 2709 | // Convert op of phis to phi of ops | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 10> VisitedOps; | 
|  | 2711 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> Ops(I->operand_values()); | 
|  | 2712 | BasicBlock *SamePHIBlock = nullptr; | 
|  | 2713 | PHINode *OpPHI = nullptr; | 
|  | 2714 | if (!DebugCounter::shouldExecute(PHIOfOpsCounter)) | 
|  | 2715 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2716 | for (auto *Op : Ops) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | if (!isa<PHINode>(Op)) { | 
|  | 2718 | auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(Op); | 
|  | 2719 | if (!ValuePHI) | 
|  | 2720 | continue; | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found possible dependent phi of ops\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | Op = ValuePHI; | 
|  | 2723 | } | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | OpPHI = cast<PHINode>(Op); | 
|  | 2725 | if (!SamePHIBlock) { | 
|  | 2726 | SamePHIBlock = getBlockForValue(OpPHI); | 
|  | 2727 | } else if (SamePHIBlock != getBlockForValue(OpPHI)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | LLVM_DEBUG( | 
|  | 2729 | dbgs() | 
|  | 2730 | << "PHIs for operands are not all in the same block, aborting\n"); | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | return nullptr; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | } | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | // No point in doing this for one-operand phis. | 
|  | 2734 | if (OpPHI->getNumOperands() == 1) { | 
|  | 2735 | OpPHI = nullptr; | 
|  | 2736 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | } | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 |  | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | if (!OpPHI) | 
|  | 2741 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2742 |  | 
|  | 2743 | SmallVector<ValPair, 4> PHIOps; | 
|  | 2744 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Deps; | 
|  | 2745 | auto *PHIBlock = getBlockForValue(OpPHI); | 
|  | 2746 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].reset(InstrToDFSNum(I)); | 
|  | 2747 | for (unsigned PredNum = 0; PredNum < OpPHI->getNumOperands(); ++PredNum) { | 
|  | 2748 | auto *PredBB = OpPHI->getIncomingBlock(PredNum); | 
|  | 2749 | Value *FoundVal = nullptr; | 
|  | 2750 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> CurrentDeps; | 
|  | 2751 | // We could just skip unreachable edges entirely but it's tricky to do | 
|  | 2752 | // with rewriting existing phi nodes. | 
|  | 2753 | if (ReachableEdges.count({PredBB, PHIBlock})) { | 
|  | 2754 | // Clone the instruction, create an expression from it that is | 
|  | 2755 | // translated back into the predecessor, and see if we have a leader. | 
|  | 2756 | Instruction *ValueOp = I->clone(); | 
|  | 2757 | if (MemAccess) | 
|  | 2758 | TempToMemory.insert({ValueOp, MemAccess}); | 
|  | 2759 | bool SafeForPHIOfOps = true; | 
|  | 2760 | VisitedOps.clear(); | 
|  | 2761 | for (auto &Op : ValueOp->operands()) { | 
|  | 2762 | auto *OrigOp = &*Op; | 
|  | 2763 | // When these operand changes, it could change whether there is a | 
|  | 2764 | // leader for us or not, so we have to add additional users. | 
|  | 2765 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op)) { | 
|  | 2766 | Op = Op->DoPHITranslation(PHIBlock, PredBB); | 
|  | 2767 | if (Op != OrigOp && Op != I) | 
|  | 2768 | CurrentDeps.insert(Op); | 
|  | 2769 | } else if (auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(Op)) { | 
|  | 2770 | if (getBlockForValue(ValuePHI) == PHIBlock) | 
|  | 2771 | Op = ValuePHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(PredBB); | 
|  | 2772 | } | 
|  | 2773 | // If we phi-translated the op, it must be safe. | 
|  | 2774 | SafeForPHIOfOps = | 
|  | 2775 | SafeForPHIOfOps && | 
|  | 2776 | (Op != OrigOp || OpIsSafeForPHIOfOps(Op, PHIBlock, VisitedOps)); | 
|  | 2777 | } | 
|  | 2778 | // FIXME: For those things that are not safe we could generate | 
|  | 2779 | // expressions all the way down, and see if this comes out to a | 
|  | 2780 | // constant.  For anything where that is true, and unsafe, we should | 
|  | 2781 | // have made a phi-of-ops (or value numbered it equivalent to something) | 
|  | 2782 | // for the pieces already. | 
|  | 2783 | FoundVal = !SafeForPHIOfOps ? nullptr | 
|  | 2784 | : findLeaderForInst(ValueOp, Visited, | 
|  | 2785 | MemAccess, I, PredBB); | 
|  | 2786 | ValueOp->deleteValue(); | 
|  | 2787 | if (!FoundVal) { | 
|  | 2788 | // We failed to find a leader for the current ValueOp, but this might | 
|  | 2789 | // change in case of the translated operands change. | 
|  | 2790 | if (SafeForPHIOfOps) | 
|  | 2791 | for (auto Dep : CurrentDeps) | 
|  | 2792 | addAdditionalUsers(Dep, I); | 
|  | 2793 |  | 
|  | 2794 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 2795 | } | 
|  | 2796 | Deps.insert(CurrentDeps.begin(), CurrentDeps.end()); | 
|  | 2797 | } else { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping phi of ops operand for incoming block " | 
|  | 2799 | << getBlockName(PredBB) | 
|  | 2800 | << " because the block is unreachable\n"); | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | FoundVal = UndefValue::get(I->getType()); | 
|  | 2802 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); | 
|  | 2803 | } | 
|  | 2804 |  | 
|  | 2805 | PHIOps.push_back({FoundVal, PredBB}); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found phi of ops operand " << *FoundVal << " in " | 
|  | 2807 | << getBlockName(PredBB) << "\n"); | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | } | 
|  | 2809 | for (auto Dep : Deps) | 
|  | 2810 | addAdditionalUsers(Dep, I); | 
|  | 2811 | sortPHIOps(PHIOps); | 
|  | 2812 | auto *E = performSymbolicPHIEvaluation(PHIOps, I, PHIBlock); | 
|  | 2813 | if (isa<ConstantExpression>(E) || isa<VariableExpression>(E)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | LLVM_DEBUG( | 
|  | 2815 | dbgs() | 
|  | 2816 | << "Not creating real PHI of ops because it simplified to existing " | 
|  | 2817 | "value or constant\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | return E; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | } | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | auto *ValuePHI = RealToTemp.lookup(I); | 
|  | 2821 | bool NewPHI = false; | 
|  | 2822 | if (!ValuePHI) { | 
|  | 2823 | ValuePHI = | 
|  | 2824 | PHINode::Create(I->getType(), OpPHI->getNumOperands(), "phiofops"); | 
|  | 2825 | addPhiOfOps(ValuePHI, PHIBlock, I); | 
|  | 2826 | NewPHI = true; | 
|  | 2827 | NumGVNPHIOfOpsCreated++; | 
|  | 2828 | } | 
|  | 2829 | if (NewPHI) { | 
|  | 2830 | for (auto PHIOp : PHIOps) | 
|  | 2831 | ValuePHI->addIncoming(PHIOp.first, PHIOp.second); | 
|  | 2832 | } else { | 
|  | 2833 | TempToBlock[ValuePHI] = PHIBlock; | 
|  | 2834 | unsigned int i = 0; | 
|  | 2835 | for (auto PHIOp : PHIOps) { | 
|  | 2836 | ValuePHI->setIncomingValue(i, PHIOp.first); | 
|  | 2837 | ValuePHI->setIncomingBlock(i, PHIOp.second); | 
|  | 2838 | ++i; | 
|  | 2839 | } | 
|  | 2840 | } | 
|  | 2841 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[PHIBlock].set(InstrToDFSNum(I)); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created phi of ops " << *ValuePHI << " for " << *I | 
|  | 2843 | << "\n"); | 
| Florian Hahn | 773872f | 2018-04-20 16:37:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 |  | 
|  | 2845 | return E; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | } | 
|  | 2847 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | // The algorithm initially places the values of the routine in the TOP | 
|  | 2849 | // congruence class. The leader of TOP is the undetermined value `undef`. | 
|  | 2850 | // When the algorithm has finished, values still in TOP are unreachable. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | void NewGVN::initializeCongruenceClasses(Function &F) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | NextCongruenceNum = 0; | 
|  | 2853 |  | 
|  | 2854 | // Note that even though we use the live on entry def as a representative | 
|  | 2855 | // MemoryAccess, it is *not* the same as the actual live on entry def. We | 
|  | 2856 | // have no real equivalemnt to undef for MemoryAccesses, and so we really | 
|  | 2857 | // should be checking whether the MemoryAccess is top if we want to know if it | 
|  | 2858 | // is equivalent to everything.  Otherwise, what this really signifies is that | 
|  | 2859 | // the access "it reaches all the way back to the beginning of the function" | 
|  | 2860 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | // Initialize all other instructions to be in TOP class. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | TOPClass = createCongruenceClass(nullptr, nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | TOPClass->setMemoryLeader(MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | //  The live on entry def gets put into it's own class | 
|  | 2865 | MemoryAccessToClass[MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()] = | 
|  | 2866 | createMemoryClass(MSSA->getLiveOnEntryDef()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | for (auto DTN : nodes(DT)) { | 
|  | 2869 | BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | // All MemoryAccesses are equivalent to live on entry to start. They must | 
|  | 2871 | // be initialized to something so that initial changes are noticed. For | 
|  | 2872 | // the maximal answer, we initialize them all to be the same as | 
|  | 2873 | // liveOnEntry. | 
| Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | auto *MemoryBlockDefs = MSSA->getBlockDefs(BB); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | if (MemoryBlockDefs) | 
|  | 2876 | for (const auto &Def : *MemoryBlockDefs) { | 
|  | 2877 | MemoryAccessToClass[&Def] = TOPClass; | 
|  | 2878 | auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(&Def); | 
|  | 2879 | // Insert the memory phis into the member list. | 
|  | 2880 | if (!MD) { | 
|  | 2881 | const MemoryPhi *MP = cast<MemoryPhi>(&Def); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | TOPClass->memory_insert(MP); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | MemoryPhiState.insert({MP, MPS_TOP}); | 
|  | 2884 | } | 
|  | 2885 |  | 
|  | 2886 | if (MD && isa<StoreInst>(MD->getMemoryInst())) | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | TOPClass->incStoreCount(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 |  | 
|  | 2890 | // FIXME: This is trying to discover which instructions are uses of phi | 
|  | 2891 | // nodes.  We should move this into one of the myriad of places that walk | 
|  | 2892 | // all the operands already. | 
| Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | for (auto &I : *BB) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | if (isa<PHINode>(&I)) | 
|  | 2895 | for (auto *U : I.users()) | 
|  | 2896 | if (auto *UInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) | 
|  | 2897 | if (InstrToDFSNum(UInst) != 0 && okayForPHIOfOps(UInst)) | 
|  | 2898 | PHINodeUses.insert(UInst); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 22a4a01 | 2017-02-11 15:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | // Don't insert void terminators into the class. We don't value number | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | // them, and they just end up sitting in TOP. | 
| Chandler Carruth | 9ae926b | 2018-08-26 09:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | if (I.isTerminator() && I.getType()->isVoidTy()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 22a4a01 | 2017-02-11 15:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | TOPClass->insert(&I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | ValueToClass[&I] = TOPClass; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 |  | 
|  | 2908 | // Initialize arguments to be in their own unique congruence classes | 
|  | 2909 | for (auto &FA : F.args()) | 
|  | 2910 | createSingletonCongruenceClass(&FA); | 
|  | 2911 | } | 
|  | 2912 |  | 
|  | 2913 | void NewGVN::cleanupTables() { | 
|  | 2914 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CongruenceClasses.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Congruence class " << CongruenceClasses[i]->getID() | 
|  | 2916 | << " has " << CongruenceClasses[i]->size() | 
|  | 2917 | << " members\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | // Make sure we delete the congruence class (probably worth switching to | 
|  | 2919 | // a unique_ptr at some point. | 
|  | 2920 | delete CongruenceClasses[i]; | 
| Davide Italiano | 0e71480 | 2016-12-28 14:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | CongruenceClasses[i] = nullptr; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | } | 
|  | 2923 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | // Destroy the value expressions | 
|  | 2925 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> TempInst(AllTempInstructions.begin(), | 
|  | 2926 | AllTempInstructions.end()); | 
|  | 2927 | AllTempInstructions.clear(); | 
|  | 2928 |  | 
|  | 2929 | // We have to drop all references for everything first, so there are no uses | 
|  | 2930 | // left as we delete them. | 
|  | 2931 | for (auto *I : TempInst) { | 
|  | 2932 | I->dropAllReferences(); | 
|  | 2933 | } | 
|  | 2934 |  | 
|  | 2935 | while (!TempInst.empty()) { | 
|  | 2936 | auto *I = TempInst.back(); | 
|  | 2937 | TempInst.pop_back(); | 
|  | 2938 | I->deleteValue(); | 
|  | 2939 | } | 
|  | 2940 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | ValueToClass.clear(); | 
|  | 2942 | ArgRecycler.clear(ExpressionAllocator); | 
|  | 2943 | ExpressionAllocator.Reset(); | 
|  | 2944 | CongruenceClasses.clear(); | 
|  | 2945 | ExpressionToClass.clear(); | 
|  | 2946 | ValueToExpression.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | RealToTemp.clear(); | 
|  | 2948 | AdditionalUsers.clear(); | 
|  | 2949 | ExpressionToPhiOfOps.clear(); | 
|  | 2950 | TempToBlock.clear(); | 
|  | 2951 | TempToMemory.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | PHINodeUses.clear(); | 
|  | 2953 | OpSafeForPHIOfOps.clear(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | ReachableBlocks.clear(); | 
|  | 2955 | ReachableEdges.clear(); | 
|  | 2956 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
|  | 2957 | ProcessedCount.clear(); | 
|  | 2958 | #endif | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | InstrDFS.clear(); | 
|  | 2960 | InstructionsToErase.clear(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | DFSToInstr.clear(); | 
|  | 2962 | BlockInstRange.clear(); | 
|  | 2963 | TouchedInstructions.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | MemoryAccessToClass.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | PredicateToUsers.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | MemoryToUsers.clear(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange.clear(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | } | 
|  | 2969 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 | // Assign local DFS number mapping to instructions, and leave space for Value | 
|  | 2971 | // PHI's. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> NewGVN::assignDFSNumbers(BasicBlock *B, | 
|  | 2973 | unsigned Start) { | 
|  | 2974 | unsigned End = Start; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | if (MemoryAccess *MemPhi = getMemoryAccess(B)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | InstrDFS[MemPhi] = End++; | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(MemPhi); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | } | 
|  | 2979 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | // Then the real block goes next. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | for (auto &I : *B) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 856fa14 | 2017-03-06 18:42:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | // There's no need to call isInstructionTriviallyDead more than once on | 
|  | 2983 | // an instruction. Therefore, once we know that an instruction is dead | 
|  | 2984 | // we change its DFS number so that it doesn't get value numbered. | 
|  | 2985 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&I, TLI)) { | 
|  | 2986 | InstrDFS[&I] = 0; | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping trivially dead instruction " << I << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 856fa14 | 2017-03-06 18:42:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | markInstructionForDeletion(&I); | 
|  | 2989 | continue; | 
|  | 2990 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | if (isa<PHINode>(&I)) | 
|  | 2992 | RevisitOnReachabilityChange[B].set(End); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | InstrDFS[&I] = End++; | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(&I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | } | 
|  | 2996 |  | 
|  | 2997 | // All of the range functions taken half-open ranges (open on the end side). | 
|  | 2998 | // So we do not subtract one from count, because at this point it is one | 
|  | 2999 | // greater than the last instruction. | 
|  | 3000 | return std::make_pair(Start, End); | 
|  | 3001 | } | 
|  | 3002 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | void NewGVN::updateProcessedCount(const Value *V) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
|  | 3005 | if (ProcessedCount.count(V) == 0) { | 
|  | 3006 | ProcessedCount.insert({V, 1}); | 
|  | 3007 | } else { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7cf29dc | 2017-01-14 20:13:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | ++ProcessedCount[V]; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | assert(ProcessedCount[V] < 100 && | 
| Davide Italiano | 75e39f9 | 2016-12-30 15:01:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | "Seem to have processed the same Value a lot"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | } | 
|  | 3012 | #endif | 
|  | 3013 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | // Evaluate MemoryPhi nodes symbolically, just like PHI nodes | 
|  | 3016 | void NewGVN::valueNumberMemoryPhi(MemoryPhi *MP) { | 
|  | 3017 | // If all the arguments are the same, the MemoryPhi has the same value as the | 
| Daniel Berlin | d130b6c | 2017-05-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | // argument.  Filter out unreachable blocks and self phis from our operands. | 
|  | 3019 | // TODO: We could do cycle-checking on the memory phis to allow valueizing for | 
|  | 3020 | // self-phi checking. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | const BasicBlock *PHIBlock = MP->getBlock(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(MP->operands(), [&](const Use &U) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | d130b6c | 2017-05-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | return cast<MemoryAccess>(U) != MP && | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | !isMemoryAccessTOP(cast<MemoryAccess>(U)) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | ReachableEdges.count({MP->getIncomingBlock(U), PHIBlock}); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | // If all that is left is nothing, our memoryphi is undef. We keep it as | 
|  | 3028 | // InitialClass.  Note: The only case this should happen is if we have at | 
|  | 3029 | // least one self-argument. | 
|  | 3030 | if (Filtered.begin() == Filtered.end()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | if (setMemoryClass(MP, TOPClass)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MP); | 
|  | 3033 | return; | 
|  | 3034 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 |  | 
|  | 3036 | // Transform the remaining operands into operand leaders. | 
|  | 3037 | // FIXME: mapped_iterator should have a range version. | 
|  | 3038 | auto LookupFunc = [&](const Use &U) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | return lookupMemoryLeader(cast<MemoryAccess>(U)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | }; | 
|  | 3041 | auto MappedBegin = map_iterator(Filtered.begin(), LookupFunc); | 
|  | 3042 | auto MappedEnd = map_iterator(Filtered.end(), LookupFunc); | 
|  | 3043 |  | 
|  | 3044 | // and now check if all the elements are equal. | 
|  | 3045 | // Sadly, we can't use std::equals since these are random access iterators. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | const auto *AllSameValue = *MappedBegin; | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | ++MappedBegin; | 
|  | 3048 | bool AllEqual = std::all_of( | 
|  | 3049 | MappedBegin, MappedEnd, | 
|  | 3050 | [&AllSameValue](const MemoryAccess *V) { return V == AllSameValue; }); | 
|  | 3051 |  | 
|  | 3052 | if (AllEqual) | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory Phi value numbered to " << *AllSameValue | 
|  | 3054 | << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | else | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Memory Phi value numbered to itself\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | // If it's equal to something, it's in that class. Otherwise, it has to be in | 
|  | 3058 | // a class where it is the leader (other things may be equivalent to it, but | 
|  | 3059 | // it needs to start off in its own class, which means it must have been the | 
|  | 3060 | // leader, and it can't have stopped being the leader because it was never | 
|  | 3061 | // removed). | 
|  | 3062 | CongruenceClass *CC = | 
|  | 3063 | AllEqual ? getMemoryClass(AllSameValue) : ensureLeaderOfMemoryClass(MP); | 
|  | 3064 | auto OldState = MemoryPhiState.lookup(MP); | 
|  | 3065 | assert(OldState != MPS_Invalid && "Invalid memory phi state"); | 
|  | 3066 | auto NewState = AllEqual ? MPS_Equivalent : MPS_Unique; | 
|  | 3067 | MemoryPhiState[MP] = NewState; | 
|  | 3068 | if (setMemoryClass(MP, CC) || OldState != NewState) | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | markMemoryUsersTouched(MP); | 
|  | 3070 | } | 
|  | 3071 |  | 
|  | 3072 | // Value number a single instruction, symbolically evaluating, performing | 
|  | 3073 | // congruence finding, and updating mappings. | 
|  | 3074 | void NewGVN::valueNumberInstruction(Instruction *I) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing instruction " << *I << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | if (!I->isTerminator()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | const Expression *Symbolized = nullptr; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 2> Visited; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | if (DebugCounter::shouldExecute(VNCounter)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | Symbolized = performSymbolicEvaluation(I, Visited); | 
|  | 3081 | // Make a phi of ops if necessary | 
|  | 3082 | if (Symbolized && !isa<ConstantExpression>(Symbolized) && | 
|  | 3083 | !isa<VariableExpression>(Symbolized) && PHINodeUses.count(I)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | auto *PHIE = makePossiblePHIOfOps(I, Visited); | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | // If we created a phi of ops, use it. | 
|  | 3086 | // If we couldn't create one, make sure we don't leave one lying around | 
|  | 3087 | if (PHIE) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | Symbolized = PHIE; | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | } else if (auto *Op = RealToTemp.lookup(I)) { | 
|  | 3090 | removePhiOfOps(I, Op); | 
|  | 3091 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 343576a | 2017-03-06 18:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | // Mark the instruction as unused so we don't value number it again. | 
|  | 3095 | InstrDFS[I] = 0; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 283a608 | 2017-03-01 19:59:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | // If we couldn't come up with a symbolic expression, use the unknown | 
|  | 3098 | // expression | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | if (Symbolized == nullptr) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | Symbolized = createUnknownExpression(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | performCongruenceFinding(I, Symbolized); | 
|  | 3102 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | // Handle terminators that return values. All of them produce values we | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | // don't currently understand.  We don't place non-value producing | 
|  | 3105 | // terminators in a class. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 25f05b0 | 2017-01-02 18:22:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 02c6b17 | 2017-01-02 18:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | auto *Symbolized = createUnknownExpression(I); | 
|  | 3108 | performCongruenceFinding(I, Symbolized); | 
|  | 3109 | } | 
| Chandler Carruth | c6cad42 | 2018-10-18 00:39:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | processOutgoingEdges(I, I->getParent()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | d7c12ee | 2016-12-25 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | } | 
|  | 3112 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | // Check if there is a path, using single or equal argument phi nodes, from | 
|  | 3115 | // First to Second. | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 | bool NewGVN::singleReachablePHIPath( | 
|  | 3117 | SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> &Visited, const MemoryAccess *First, | 
|  | 3118 | const MemoryAccess *Second) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | if (First == Second) | 
|  | 3120 | return true; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | if (MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(First)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | // This is not perfect, but as we're just verifying here, we can live with | 
|  | 3125 | // the loss of precision. The real solution would be that of doing strongly | 
|  | 3126 | // connected component finding in this routine, and it's probably not worth | 
|  | 3127 | // the complexity for the time being. So, we just keep a set of visited | 
|  | 3128 | // MemoryAccess and return true when we hit a cycle. | 
|  | 3129 | if (Visited.count(First)) | 
|  | 3130 | return true; | 
|  | 3131 | Visited.insert(First); | 
|  | 3132 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | const auto *EndDef = First; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 3082b8e | 2017-04-05 17:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | for (auto *ChainDef : optimized_def_chain(First)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | if (ChainDef == Second) | 
|  | 3136 | return true; | 
|  | 3137 | if (MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(ChainDef)) | 
|  | 3138 | return false; | 
|  | 3139 | EndDef = ChainDef; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | auto *MP = cast<MemoryPhi>(EndDef); | 
|  | 3142 | auto ReachableOperandPred = [&](const Use &U) { | 
|  | 3143 | return ReachableEdges.count({MP->getIncomingBlock(U), MP->getBlock()}); | 
|  | 3144 | }; | 
|  | 3145 | auto FilteredPhiArgs = | 
|  | 3146 | make_filter_range(MP->operands(), ReachableOperandPred); | 
|  | 3147 | SmallVector<const Value *, 32> OperandList; | 
| Fangrui Song | 7570932 | 2018-11-17 01:44:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | llvm::copy(FilteredPhiArgs, std::back_inserter(OperandList)); | 
| Chen Zheng | e2d47dd | 2018-08-17 07:51:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | bool Okay = is_splat(OperandList); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | if (Okay) | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | return singleReachablePHIPath(Visited, cast<MemoryAccess>(OperandList[0]), | 
|  | 3152 | Second); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 871ecd9 | 2017-04-01 09:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | return false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | } | 
|  | 3155 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | // Verify the that the memory equivalence table makes sense relative to the | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | // congruence classes.  Note that this checking is not perfect, and is currently | 
| Davide Italiano | ed67f19 | 2017-01-14 20:15:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | // subject to very rare false negatives. It is only useful for | 
|  | 3159 | // testing/debugging. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f6eba4b | 2017-01-11 20:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | void NewGVN::verifyMemoryCongruency() const { | 
| Davide Italiano | e9781e7 | 2017-03-25 02:40:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | // Verify that the memory table equivalence and memory member set match | 
|  | 3163 | for (const auto *CC : CongruenceClasses) { | 
|  | 3164 | if (CC == TOPClass || CC->isDead()) | 
|  | 3165 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | if (CC->getStoreCount() != 0) { | 
| Davide Italiano | f58a3023 | 2017-04-10 23:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | assert((CC->getStoredValue() || !isa<StoreInst>(CC->getLeader())) && | 
| Davide Italiano | 94bf784 | 2017-05-04 17:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | "Any class with a store as a leader should have a " | 
|  | 3169 | "representative stored value"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | assert(CC->getMemoryLeader() && | 
| Davide Italiano | 94bf784 | 2017-05-04 17:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | "Any congruence class with a store should have a " | 
|  | 3172 | "representative access"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | } | 
|  | 3174 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | if (CC->getMemoryLeader()) | 
|  | 3176 | assert(MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(CC->getMemoryLeader()) == CC && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | "Representative MemoryAccess does not appear to be reverse " | 
|  | 3178 | "mapped properly"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | for (auto M : CC->memory()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1316a94 | 2017-04-06 18:52:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | assert(MemoryAccessToClass.lookup(M) == CC && | 
|  | 3181 | "Memory member does not appear to be reverse mapped properly"); | 
|  | 3182 | } | 
|  | 3183 |  | 
|  | 3184 | // Anything equivalent in the MemoryAccess table should be in the same | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | // congruence class. | 
|  | 3186 |  | 
|  | 3187 | // Filter out the unreachable and trivially dead entries, because they may | 
|  | 3188 | // never have been updated if the instructions were not processed. | 
|  | 3189 | auto ReachableAccessPred = | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | [&](const std::pair<const MemoryAccess *, CongruenceClass *> Pair) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | bool Result = ReachableBlocks.count(Pair.first->getBlock()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9d0042b | 2017-04-18 20:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | if (!Result || MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(Pair.first) || | 
|  | 3193 | MemoryToDFSNum(Pair.first) == 0) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | return false; | 
|  | 3195 | if (auto *MemDef = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(Pair.first)) | 
|  | 3196 | return !isInstructionTriviallyDead(MemDef->getMemoryInst()); | 
| Davide Italiano | 6e7a212 | 2017-05-15 18:50:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 |  | 
|  | 3198 | // We could have phi nodes which operands are all trivially dead, | 
|  | 3199 | // so we don't process them. | 
|  | 3200 | if (auto *MemPHI = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(Pair.first)) { | 
|  | 3201 | for (auto &U : MemPHI->incoming_values()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | c1305af | 2017-09-30 23:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&*U)) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 6e7a212 | 2017-05-15 18:50:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | if (!isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) | 
|  | 3204 | return true; | 
|  | 3205 | } | 
|  | 3206 | } | 
|  | 3207 | return false; | 
|  | 3208 | } | 
|  | 3209 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | return true; | 
|  | 3211 | }; | 
|  | 3212 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1ea5f32 | 2017-01-26 22:21:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | auto Filtered = make_filter_range(MemoryAccessToClass, ReachableAccessPred); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | for (auto KV : Filtered) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | if (auto *FirstMUD = dyn_cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(KV.first)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | auto *SecondMUD = dyn_cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(KV.second->getMemoryLeader()); | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | if (FirstMUD && SecondMUD) { | 
|  | 3218 | SmallPtrSet<const MemoryAccess *, 8> VisitedMAS; | 
|  | 3219 | assert((singleReachablePHIPath(VisitedMAS, FirstMUD, SecondMUD) || | 
| Davide Italiano | ed67f19 | 2017-01-14 20:15:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | ValueToClass.lookup(FirstMUD->getMemoryInst()) == | 
|  | 3221 | ValueToClass.lookup(SecondMUD->getMemoryInst())) && | 
|  | 3222 | "The instructions for these memory operations should have " | 
|  | 3223 | "been in the same congruence class or reachable through" | 
|  | 3224 | "a single argument phi"); | 
| Davide Italiano | eab0de2 | 2017-05-18 23:22:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | } else if (auto *FirstMP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(KV.first)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | // We can only sanely verify that MemoryDefs in the operand list all have | 
|  | 3228 | // the same class. | 
|  | 3229 | auto ReachableOperandPred = [&](const Use &U) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 41b3916 | 2017-03-18 15:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | return ReachableEdges.count( | 
|  | 3231 | {FirstMP->getIncomingBlock(U), FirstMP->getBlock()}) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | isa<MemoryDef>(U); | 
|  | 3233 |  | 
|  | 3234 | }; | 
|  | 3235 | // All arguments should in the same class, ignoring unreachable arguments | 
|  | 3236 | auto FilteredPhiArgs = | 
|  | 3237 | make_filter_range(FirstMP->operands(), ReachableOperandPred); | 
|  | 3238 | SmallVector<const CongruenceClass *, 16> PhiOpClasses; | 
|  | 3239 | std::transform(FilteredPhiArgs.begin(), FilteredPhiArgs.end(), | 
|  | 3240 | std::back_inserter(PhiOpClasses), [&](const Use &U) { | 
|  | 3241 | const MemoryDef *MD = cast<MemoryDef>(U); | 
|  | 3242 | return ValueToClass.lookup(MD->getMemoryInst()); | 
|  | 3243 | }); | 
| Chen Zheng | e2d47dd | 2018-08-17 07:51:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | assert(is_splat(PhiOpClasses) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3245 | "All MemoryPhi arguments should be in the same class"); | 
|  | 3246 | } | 
|  | 3247 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | e9781e7 | 2017-03-25 02:40:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | #endif | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | } | 
|  | 3250 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | // Verify that the sparse propagation we did actually found the maximal fixpoint | 
|  | 3252 | // We do this by storing the value to class mapping, touching all instructions, | 
|  | 3253 | // and redoing the iteration to see if anything changed. | 
|  | 3254 | void NewGVN::verifyIterationSettled(Function &F) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Beginning iteration verification\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | if (DebugCounter::isCounterSet(VNCounter)) | 
|  | 3258 | DebugCounter::setCounterValue(VNCounter, StartingVNCounter); | 
|  | 3259 |  | 
|  | 3260 | // Note that we have to store the actual classes, as we may change existing | 
|  | 3261 | // classes during iteration.  This is because our memory iteration propagation | 
|  | 3262 | // is not perfect, and so may waste a little work.  But it should generate | 
|  | 3263 | // exactly the same congruence classes we have now, with different IDs. | 
|  | 3264 | std::map<const Value *, CongruenceClass> BeforeIteration; | 
|  | 3265 |  | 
|  | 3266 | for (auto &KV : ValueToClass) { | 
|  | 3267 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(KV.first)) | 
|  | 3268 | // Skip unused/dead instructions. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | if (InstrToDFSNum(I) == 0) | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 | BeforeIteration.insert({KV.first, *KV.second}); | 
|  | 3272 | } | 
|  | 3273 |  | 
|  | 3274 | TouchedInstructions.set(); | 
|  | 3275 | TouchedInstructions.reset(0); | 
|  | 3276 | iterateTouchedInstructions(); | 
|  | 3277 | DenseSet<std::pair<const CongruenceClass *, const CongruenceClass *>> | 
|  | 3278 | EqualClasses; | 
|  | 3279 | for (const auto &KV : ValueToClass) { | 
|  | 3280 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(KV.first)) | 
|  | 3281 | // Skip unused/dead instructions. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | if (InstrToDFSNum(I) == 0) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | continue; | 
|  | 3284 | // We could sink these uses, but i think this adds a bit of clarity here as | 
|  | 3285 | // to what we are comparing. | 
|  | 3286 | auto *BeforeCC = &BeforeIteration.find(KV.first)->second; | 
|  | 3287 | auto *AfterCC = KV.second; | 
|  | 3288 | // Note that the classes can't change at this point, so we memoize the set | 
|  | 3289 | // that are equal. | 
|  | 3290 | if (!EqualClasses.count({BeforeCC, AfterCC})) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3291 | assert(BeforeCC->isEquivalentTo(AfterCC) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | "Value number changed after main loop completed!"); | 
|  | 3293 | EqualClasses.insert({BeforeCC, AfterCC}); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | } | 
|  | 3295 | } | 
|  | 3296 | #endif | 
|  | 3297 | } | 
|  | 3298 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | // Verify that for each store expression in the expression to class mapping, | 
|  | 3300 | // only the latest appears, and multiple ones do not appear. | 
|  | 3301 | // Because loads do not use the stored value when doing equality with stores, | 
|  | 3302 | // if we don't erase the old store expressions from the table, a load can find | 
|  | 3303 | // a no-longer valid StoreExpression. | 
|  | 3304 | void NewGVN::verifyStoreExpressions() const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6c66e9a | 2017-05-16 20:02:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | // This is the only use of this, and it's not worth defining a complicated | 
|  | 3307 | // densemapinfo hash/equality function for it. | 
|  | 3308 | std::set< | 
|  | 3309 | std::pair<const Value *, | 
|  | 3310 | std::tuple<const Value *, const CongruenceClass *, Value *>>> | 
|  | 3311 | StoreExpressionSet; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | for (const auto &KV : ExpressionToClass) { | 
|  | 3313 | if (auto *SE = dyn_cast<StoreExpression>(KV.first)) { | 
|  | 3314 | // Make sure a version that will conflict with loads is not already there | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | auto Res = StoreExpressionSet.insert( | 
|  | 3316 | {SE->getOperand(0), std::make_tuple(SE->getMemoryLeader(), KV.second, | 
|  | 3317 | SE->getStoredValue())}); | 
|  | 3318 | bool Okay = Res.second; | 
|  | 3319 | // It's okay to have the same expression already in there if it is | 
|  | 3320 | // identical in nature. | 
|  | 3321 | // This can happen when the leader of the stored value changes over time. | 
| Davide Italiano | 0ec715b | 2017-06-20 22:57:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | if (!Okay) | 
|  | 3323 | Okay = (std::get<1>(Res.first->second) == KV.second) && | 
|  | 3324 | (lookupOperandLeader(std::get<2>(Res.first->second)) == | 
|  | 3325 | lookupOperandLeader(SE->getStoredValue())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 36b08b2 | 2017-06-19 00:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | assert(Okay && "Stored expression conflict exists in expression table"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | auto *ValueExpr = ValueToExpression.lookup(SE->getStoreInst()); | 
|  | 3328 | assert(ValueExpr && ValueExpr->equals(*SE) && | 
|  | 3329 | "StoreExpression in ExpressionToClass is not latest " | 
|  | 3330 | "StoreExpression for value"); | 
|  | 3331 | } | 
|  | 3332 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6c66e9a | 2017-05-16 20:02:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | #endif | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | } | 
|  | 3335 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | // This is the main value numbering loop, it iterates over the initial touched | 
|  | 3337 | // instruction set, propagating value numbers, marking things touched, etc, | 
|  | 3338 | // until the set of touched instructions is completely empty. | 
|  | 3339 | void NewGVN::iterateTouchedInstructions() { | 
|  | 3340 | unsigned int Iterations = 0; | 
|  | 3341 | // Figure out where touchedinstructions starts | 
|  | 3342 | int FirstInstr = TouchedInstructions.find_first(); | 
|  | 3343 | // Nothing set, nothing to iterate, just return. | 
|  | 3344 | if (FirstInstr == -1) | 
|  | 3345 | return; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | const BasicBlock *LastBlock = getBlockForValue(InstrFromDFSNum(FirstInstr)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | while (TouchedInstructions.any()) { | 
|  | 3348 | ++Iterations; | 
|  | 3349 | // Walk through all the instructions in all the blocks in RPO. | 
|  | 3350 | // TODO: As we hit a new block, we should push and pop equalities into a | 
|  | 3351 | // table lookupOperandLeader can use, to catch things PredicateInfo | 
|  | 3352 | // might miss, like edge-only equivalences. | 
| Francis Visoiu Mistrih | b52e036 | 2017-05-17 01:07:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | for (unsigned InstrNum : TouchedInstructions.set_bits()) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 |  | 
|  | 3355 | // This instruction was found to be dead. We don't bother looking | 
|  | 3356 | // at it again. | 
|  | 3357 | if (InstrNum == 0) { | 
|  | 3358 | TouchedInstructions.reset(InstrNum); | 
|  | 3359 | continue; | 
|  | 3360 | } | 
|  | 3361 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | Value *V = InstrFromDFSNum(InstrNum); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | const BasicBlock *CurrBlock = getBlockForValue(V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 |  | 
|  | 3365 | // If we hit a new block, do reachability processing. | 
|  | 3366 | if (CurrBlock != LastBlock) { | 
|  | 3367 | LastBlock = CurrBlock; | 
|  | 3368 | bool BlockReachable = ReachableBlocks.count(CurrBlock); | 
|  | 3369 | const auto &CurrInstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(CurrBlock); | 
|  | 3370 |  | 
|  | 3371 | // If it's not reachable, erase any touched instructions and move on. | 
|  | 3372 | if (!BlockReachable) { | 
|  | 3373 | TouchedInstructions.reset(CurrInstRange.first, CurrInstRange.second); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Skipping instructions in block " | 
|  | 3375 | << getBlockName(CurrBlock) | 
|  | 3376 | << " because it is unreachable\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | continue; | 
|  | 3378 | } | 
|  | 3379 | updateProcessedCount(CurrBlock); | 
|  | 3380 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | eafdd86 | 2017-06-06 17:15:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | // Reset after processing (because we may mark ourselves as touched when | 
|  | 3382 | // we propagate equalities). | 
|  | 3383 | TouchedInstructions.reset(InstrNum); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 |  | 
|  | 3385 | if (auto *MP = dyn_cast<MemoryPhi>(V)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Processing MemoryPhi " << *MP << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | valueNumberMemoryPhi(MP); | 
|  | 3388 | } else if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { | 
|  | 3389 | valueNumberInstruction(I); | 
|  | 3390 | } else { | 
|  | 3391 | llvm_unreachable("Should have been a MemoryPhi or Instruction"); | 
|  | 3392 | } | 
|  | 3393 | updateProcessedCount(V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | } | 
|  | 3395 | } | 
|  | 3396 | NumGVNMaxIterations = std::max(NumGVNMaxIterations.getValue(), Iterations); | 
|  | 3397 | } | 
|  | 3398 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | // This is the main transformation entry point. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | bool NewGVN::runGVN() { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | if (DebugCounter::isCounterSet(VNCounter)) | 
|  | 3402 | StartingVNCounter = DebugCounter::getCounterValue(VNCounter); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | bool Changed = false; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1529bb9 | 2017-02-11 15:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | NumFuncArgs = F.arg_size(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 | MSSAWalker = MSSA->getWalker(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | SingletonDeadExpression = new (ExpressionAllocator) DeadExpression(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 |  | 
|  | 3408 | // Count number of instructions for sizing of hash tables, and come | 
|  | 3409 | // up with a global dfs numbering for instructions. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | unsigned ICount = 1; | 
|  | 3411 | // Add an empty instruction to account for the fact that we start at 1 | 
|  | 3412 | DFSToInstr.emplace_back(nullptr); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 | // Note: We want ideal RPO traversal of the blocks, which is not quite the | 
|  | 3414 | // same as dominator tree order, particularly with regard whether backedges | 
|  | 3415 | // get visited first or second, given a block with multiple successors. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | // If we visit in the wrong order, we will end up performing N times as many | 
|  | 3417 | // iterations. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | // The dominator tree does guarantee that, for a given dom tree node, it's | 
|  | 3419 | // parent must occur before it in the RPO ordering. Thus, we only need to sort | 
|  | 3420 | // the siblings. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *> RPOT(&F); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | unsigned Counter = 0; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | for (auto &B : RPOT) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | auto *Node = DT->getNode(B); | 
|  | 3425 | assert(Node && "RPO and Dominator tree should have same reachability"); | 
|  | 3426 | RPOOrdering[Node] = ++Counter; | 
|  | 3427 | } | 
|  | 3428 | // Sort dominator tree children arrays into RPO. | 
|  | 3429 | for (auto &B : RPOT) { | 
|  | 3430 | auto *Node = DT->getNode(B); | 
|  | 3431 | if (Node->getChildren().size() > 1) | 
| Mandeep Singh Grang | 636d94d | 2018-04-13 19:47:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | llvm::sort(Node->begin(), Node->end(), | 
|  | 3433 | [&](const DomTreeNode *A, const DomTreeNode *B) { | 
|  | 3434 | return RPOOrdering[A] < RPOOrdering[B]; | 
|  | 3435 | }); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 6658cc9 | 2016-12-29 01:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 | } | 
|  | 3437 |  | 
|  | 3438 | // Now a standard depth first ordering of the domtree is equivalent to RPO. | 
| Daniel Berlin | ec9deb7 | 2017-04-18 17:06:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | for (auto DTN : depth_first(DT->getRootNode())) { | 
|  | 3440 | BasicBlock *B = DTN->getBlock(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | const auto &BlockRange = assignDFSNumbers(B, ICount); | 
|  | 3442 | BlockInstRange.insert({B, BlockRange}); | 
|  | 3443 | ICount += BlockRange.second - BlockRange.first; | 
|  | 3444 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | initializeCongruenceClasses(F); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | TouchedInstructions.resize(ICount); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | // Ensure we don't end up resizing the expressionToClass map, as | 
|  | 3449 | // that can be quite expensive. At most, we have one expression per | 
|  | 3450 | // instruction. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e0bd37e | 2016-12-29 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | ExpressionToClass.reserve(ICount); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 |  | 
|  | 3453 | // Initialize the touched instructions to include the entry block. | 
|  | 3454 | const auto &InstRange = BlockInstRange.lookup(&F.getEntryBlock()); | 
|  | 3455 | TouchedInstructions.set(InstRange.first, InstRange.second); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Block " << getBlockName(&F.getEntryBlock()) | 
|  | 3457 | << " marked reachable\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | ReachableBlocks.insert(&F.getEntryBlock()); | 
|  | 3459 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | iterateTouchedInstructions(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 589cecc | 2017-01-02 18:00:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | verifyMemoryCongruency(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 06329a9 | 2017-03-18 15:41:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | verifyIterationSettled(F); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4540357 | 2017-05-16 19:58:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | verifyStoreExpressions(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | Changed |= eliminateInstructions(F); | 
|  | 3466 |  | 
|  | 3467 | // Delete all instructions marked for deletion. | 
|  | 3468 | for (Instruction *ToErase : InstructionsToErase) { | 
|  | 3469 | if (!ToErase->use_empty()) | 
|  | 3470 | ToErase->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(ToErase->getType())); | 
|  | 3471 |  | 
| Florian Hahn | b30f7ae | 2018-09-07 11:41:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | assert(ToErase->getParent() && | 
|  | 3473 | "BB containing ToErase deleted unexpectedly!"); | 
|  | 3474 | ToErase->eraseFromParent(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | } | 
| Liang Zou | 4a8afeb | 2019-03-12 14:48:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | Changed |= !InstructionsToErase.empty(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 |  | 
|  | 3478 | // Delete all unreachable blocks. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | auto UnreachableBlockPred = [&](const BasicBlock &BB) { | 
|  | 3480 | return !ReachableBlocks.count(&BB); | 
|  | 3481 | }; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 |  | 
|  | 3483 | for (auto &BB : make_filter_range(F, UnreachableBlockPred)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "We believe block " << getBlockName(&BB) | 
|  | 3485 | << " is unreachable\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | deleteInstructionsInBlock(&BB); | 
|  | 3487 | Changed = true; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | } | 
|  | 3489 |  | 
|  | 3490 | cleanupTables(); | 
|  | 3491 | return Changed; | 
|  | 3492 | } | 
|  | 3493 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | struct NewGVN::ValueDFS { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | int DFSIn = 0; | 
|  | 3496 | int DFSOut = 0; | 
|  | 3497 | int LocalNum = 0; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | // Only one of Def and U will be set. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | // The bool in the Def tells us whether the Def is the stored value of a | 
|  | 3501 | // store. | 
|  | 3502 | PointerIntPair<Value *, 1, bool> Def; | 
| Piotr Padlewski | fc5727b | 2016-12-28 19:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | Use *U = nullptr; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | bool operator<(const ValueDFS &Other) const { | 
|  | 3506 | // It's not enough that any given field be less than - we have sets | 
|  | 3507 | // of fields that need to be evaluated together to give a proper ordering. | 
|  | 3508 | // For example, if you have; | 
|  | 3509 | // DFS (1, 3) | 
|  | 3510 | // Val 0 | 
|  | 3511 | // DFS (1, 2) | 
|  | 3512 | // Val 50 | 
|  | 3513 | // We want the second to be less than the first, but if we just go field | 
|  | 3514 | // by field, we will get to Val 0 < Val 50 and say the first is less than | 
|  | 3515 | // the second. We only want it to be less than if the DFS orders are equal. | 
|  | 3516 | // | 
|  | 3517 | // Each LLVM instruction only produces one value, and thus the lowest-level | 
|  | 3518 | // differentiator that really matters for the stack (and what we use as as a | 
|  | 3519 | // replacement) is the local dfs number. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | // Everything else in the structure is instruction level, and only affects | 
|  | 3521 | // the order in which we will replace operands of a given instruction. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | // | 
|  | 3523 | // For a given instruction (IE things with equal dfsin, dfsout, localnum), | 
|  | 3524 | // the order of replacement of uses does not matter. | 
|  | 3525 | // IE given, | 
|  | 3526 | //  a = 5 | 
|  | 3527 | //  b = a + a | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | // When you hit b, you will have two valuedfs with the same dfsin, out, and | 
|  | 3529 | // localnum. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 | // The .val will be the same as well. | 
|  | 3531 | // The .u's will be different. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | // You will replace both, and it does not matter what order you replace them | 
|  | 3533 | // in (IE whether you replace operand 2, then operand 1, or operand 1, then | 
|  | 3534 | // operand 2). | 
|  | 3535 | // Similarly for the case of same dfsin, dfsout, localnum, but different | 
|  | 3536 | // .val's | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | //  a = 5 | 
|  | 3538 | //  b  = 6 | 
|  | 3539 | //  c = a + b | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85f91b0 | 2016-12-26 20:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3540 | // in c, we will a valuedfs for a, and one for b,with everything the same | 
|  | 3541 | // but .val  and .u. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | // It does not matter what order we replace these operands in. | 
|  | 3543 | // You will always end up with the same IR, and this is guaranteed. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | return std::tie(DFSIn, DFSOut, LocalNum, Def, U) < | 
|  | 3545 | std::tie(Other.DFSIn, Other.DFSOut, Other.LocalNum, Other.Def, | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3546 | Other.U); | 
|  | 3547 | } | 
|  | 3548 | }; | 
|  | 3549 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | // This function converts the set of members for a congruence class from values, | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | // to sets of defs and uses with associated DFS info.  The total number of | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | // reachable uses for each value is stored in UseCount, and instructions that | 
|  | 3553 | // seem | 
|  | 3554 | // dead (have no non-dead uses) are stored in ProbablyDead. | 
|  | 3555 | void NewGVN::convertClassToDFSOrdered( | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | const CongruenceClass &Dense, SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &DFSOrderedSet, | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> &UseCounts, | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ProbablyDead) const { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | for (auto D : Dense) { | 
|  | 3560 | // First add the value. | 
|  | 3561 | BasicBlock *BB = getBlockForValue(D); | 
|  | 3562 | // Constants are handled prior to ever calling this function, so | 
|  | 3563 | // we should only be left with instructions as members. | 
| Chandler Carruth | ee08676 | 2016-12-23 01:38:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | assert(BB && "Should have figured out a basic block for value"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | ValueDFS VDDef; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(BB); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | VDDef.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); | 
|  | 3568 | VDDef.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | // If it's a store, use the leader of the value operand, if it's always | 
|  | 3570 | // available, or the value operand.  TODO: We could do dominance checks to | 
|  | 3571 | // find a dominating leader, but not worth it ATM. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(D)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 808e3ff | 2017-01-31 22:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | auto Leader = lookupOperandLeader(SI->getValueOperand()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3574 | if (alwaysAvailable(Leader)) { | 
|  | 3575 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(Leader); | 
|  | 3576 | } else { | 
|  | 3577 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(SI->getValueOperand()); | 
|  | 3578 | VDDef.Def.setInt(true); | 
|  | 3579 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(D); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | assert(isa<Instruction>(D) && | 
|  | 3584 | "The dense set member should always be an instruction"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 | Instruction *Def = cast<Instruction>(D); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3586 | VDDef.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(D); | 
|  | 3587 | DFSOrderedSet.push_back(VDDef); | 
|  | 3588 | // If there is a phi node equivalent, add it | 
|  | 3589 | if (auto *PN = RealToTemp.lookup(Def)) { | 
|  | 3590 | auto *PHIE = | 
|  | 3591 | dyn_cast_or_null<PHIExpression>(ValueToExpression.lookup(Def)); | 
|  | 3592 | if (PHIE) { | 
|  | 3593 | VDDef.Def.setInt(false); | 
|  | 3594 | VDDef.Def.setPointer(PN); | 
|  | 3595 | VDDef.LocalNum = 0; | 
|  | 3596 | DFSOrderedSet.push_back(VDDef); | 
|  | 3597 | } | 
|  | 3598 | } | 
|  | 3599 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | unsigned int UseCount = 0; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | // Now add the uses. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 | for (auto &U : Def->uses()) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser())) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3604 | // Don't try to replace into dead uses | 
|  | 3605 | if (InstructionsToErase.count(I)) | 
|  | 3606 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | ValueDFS VDUse; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | // Put the phi node uses in the incoming block. | 
|  | 3609 | BasicBlock *IBlock; | 
|  | 3610 | if (auto *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { | 
|  | 3611 | IBlock = P->getIncomingBlock(U); | 
|  | 3612 | // Make phi node users appear last in the incoming block | 
|  | 3613 | // they are from. | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | VDUse.LocalNum = InstrDFS.size() + 1; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | } else { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | IBlock = getBlockForValue(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | VDUse.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(I); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | ccbbc83 | 2017-01-26 00:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 |  | 
|  | 3620 | // Skip uses in unreachable blocks, as we're going | 
|  | 3621 | // to delete them. | 
|  | 3622 | if (ReachableBlocks.count(IBlock) == 0) | 
|  | 3623 | continue; | 
|  | 3624 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b66164c | 2017-01-14 00:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(IBlock); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | VDUse.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); | 
|  | 3627 | VDUse.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); | 
|  | 3628 | VDUse.U = &U; | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | ++UseCount; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | DFSOrderedSet.emplace_back(VDUse); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | } | 
|  | 3632 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 |  | 
|  | 3634 | // If there are no uses, it's probably dead (but it may have side-effects, | 
|  | 3635 | // so not definitely dead. Otherwise, store the number of uses so we can | 
|  | 3636 | // track if it becomes dead later). | 
|  | 3637 | if (UseCount == 0) | 
|  | 3638 | ProbablyDead.insert(Def); | 
|  | 3639 | else | 
|  | 3640 | UseCounts[Def] = UseCount; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | } | 
|  | 3642 | } | 
|  | 3643 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | // This function converts the set of members for a congruence class from values, | 
|  | 3645 | // to the set of defs for loads and stores, with associated DFS info. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 | void NewGVN::convertClassToLoadsAndStores( | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | const CongruenceClass &Dense, | 
|  | 3648 | SmallVectorImpl<ValueDFS> &LoadsAndStores) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | for (auto D : Dense) { | 
|  | 3650 | if (!isa<LoadInst>(D) && !isa<StoreInst>(D)) | 
|  | 3651 | continue; | 
|  | 3652 |  | 
|  | 3653 | BasicBlock *BB = getBlockForValue(D); | 
|  | 3654 | ValueDFS VD; | 
|  | 3655 | DomTreeNode *DomNode = DT->getNode(BB); | 
|  | 3656 | VD.DFSIn = DomNode->getDFSNumIn(); | 
|  | 3657 | VD.DFSOut = DomNode->getDFSNumOut(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | VD.Def.setPointer(D); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 |  | 
|  | 3660 | // If it's an instruction, use the real local dfs number. | 
|  | 3661 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(D)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | VD.LocalNum = InstrToDFSNum(I); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | else | 
|  | 3664 | llvm_unreachable("Should have been an instruction"); | 
|  | 3665 |  | 
|  | 3666 | LoadsAndStores.emplace_back(VD); | 
|  | 3667 | } | 
|  | 3668 | } | 
|  | 3669 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | static void patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { | 
|  | 3671 | patchReplacementInstruction(I, Repl); | 
|  | 3672 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(Repl); | 
|  | 3673 | } | 
|  | 3674 |  | 
|  | 3675 | void NewGVN::deleteInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "  BasicBlock Dead:" << *BB); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3677 | ++NumGVNBlocksDeleted; | 
|  | 3678 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e19f0e0 | 2017-01-30 17:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | // Delete the instructions backwards, as it has a reduced likelihood of having | 
|  | 3680 | // to update as many def-use and use-def chains. Start after the terminator. | 
|  | 3681 | auto StartPoint = BB->rbegin(); | 
|  | 3682 | ++StartPoint; | 
|  | 3683 | // Note that we explicitly recalculate BB->rend() on each iteration, | 
|  | 3684 | // as it may change when we remove the first instruction. | 
|  | 3685 | for (BasicBlock::reverse_iterator I(StartPoint); I != BB->rend();) { | 
|  | 3686 | Instruction &Inst = *I++; | 
|  | 3687 | if (!Inst.use_empty()) | 
|  | 3688 | Inst.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(Inst.getType())); | 
|  | 3689 | if (isa<LandingPadInst>(Inst)) | 
|  | 3690 | continue; | 
|  | 3691 |  | 
|  | 3692 | Inst.eraseFromParent(); | 
|  | 3693 | ++NumGVNInstrDeleted; | 
|  | 3694 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a53a722 | 2017-01-30 18:12:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3695 | // Now insert something that simplifycfg will turn into an unreachable. | 
|  | 3696 | Type *Int8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(BB->getContext()); | 
|  | 3697 | new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(Int8Ty), | 
|  | 3698 | Constant::getNullValue(Int8Ty->getPointerTo()), | 
|  | 3699 | BB->getTerminator()); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | } | 
|  | 3701 |  | 
|  | 3702 | void NewGVN::markInstructionForDeletion(Instruction *I) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Marking " << *I << " for deletion\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | InstructionsToErase.insert(I); | 
|  | 3705 | } | 
|  | 3706 |  | 
|  | 3707 | void NewGVN::replaceInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *V) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Replacing " << *I << " with " << *V << "\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(I, V); | 
|  | 3710 | // We save the actual erasing to avoid invalidating memory | 
|  | 3711 | // dependencies until we are done with everything. | 
|  | 3712 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); | 
|  | 3713 | } | 
|  | 3714 |  | 
|  | 3715 | namespace { | 
|  | 3716 |  | 
|  | 3717 | // This is a stack that contains both the value and dfs info of where | 
|  | 3718 | // that value is valid. | 
|  | 3719 | class ValueDFSStack { | 
|  | 3720 | public: | 
|  | 3721 | Value *back() const { return ValueStack.back(); } | 
|  | 3722 | std::pair<int, int> dfs_back() const { return DFSStack.back(); } | 
|  | 3723 |  | 
|  | 3724 | void push_back(Value *V, int DFSIn, int DFSOut) { | 
| Piotr Padlewski | 6c37d29 | 2016-12-28 23:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | ValueStack.emplace_back(V); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | DFSStack.emplace_back(DFSIn, DFSOut); | 
|  | 3727 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | bool empty() const { return DFSStack.empty(); } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | bool isInScope(int DFSIn, int DFSOut) const { | 
|  | 3732 | if (empty()) | 
|  | 3733 | return false; | 
|  | 3734 | return DFSIn >= DFSStack.back().first && DFSOut <= DFSStack.back().second; | 
|  | 3735 | } | 
|  | 3736 |  | 
|  | 3737 | void popUntilDFSScope(int DFSIn, int DFSOut) { | 
|  | 3738 |  | 
|  | 3739 | // These two should always be in sync at this point. | 
|  | 3740 | assert(ValueStack.size() == DFSStack.size() && | 
|  | 3741 | "Mismatch between ValueStack and DFSStack"); | 
|  | 3742 | while ( | 
|  | 3743 | !DFSStack.empty() && | 
|  | 3744 | !(DFSIn >= DFSStack.back().first && DFSOut <= DFSStack.back().second)) { | 
|  | 3745 | DFSStack.pop_back(); | 
|  | 3746 | ValueStack.pop_back(); | 
|  | 3747 | } | 
|  | 3748 | } | 
|  | 3749 |  | 
|  | 3750 | private: | 
|  | 3751 | SmallVector<Value *, 8> ValueStack; | 
|  | 3752 | SmallVector<std::pair<int, int>, 8> DFSStack; | 
|  | 3753 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 |  | 
|  | 3755 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0444343 | 2017-01-07 03:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | // Given an expression, get the congruence class for it. | 
|  | 3758 | CongruenceClass *NewGVN::getClassForExpression(const Expression *E) const { | 
|  | 3759 | if (auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) | 
|  | 3760 | return ValueToClass.lookup(VE->getVariableValue()); | 
|  | 3761 | else if (isa<DeadExpression>(E)) | 
|  | 3762 | return TOPClass; | 
|  | 3763 | return ExpressionToClass.lookup(E); | 
|  | 3764 | } | 
|  | 3765 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | // Given a value and a basic block we are trying to see if it is available in, | 
|  | 3767 | // see if the value has a leader available in that block. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | Value *NewGVN::findPHIOfOpsLeader(const Expression *E, | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | const Instruction *OrigInst, | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | const BasicBlock *BB) const { | 
|  | 3771 | // It would already be constant if we could make it constant | 
|  | 3772 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpression>(E)) | 
|  | 3773 | return CE->getConstantValue(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3774 | if (auto *VE = dyn_cast<VariableExpression>(E)) { | 
|  | 3775 | auto *V = VE->getVariableValue(); | 
|  | 3776 | if (alwaysAvailable(V) || DT->dominates(getBlockForValue(V), BB)) | 
|  | 3777 | return VE->getVariableValue(); | 
|  | 3778 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | auto *CC = getClassForExpression(E); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | if (!CC) | 
|  | 3782 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 3783 | if (alwaysAvailable(CC->getLeader())) | 
|  | 3784 | return CC->getLeader(); | 
|  | 3785 |  | 
|  | 3786 | for (auto Member : *CC) { | 
|  | 3787 | auto *MemberInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Member); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 4ad7e8d | 2017-09-05 02:17:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | if (MemberInst == OrigInst) | 
|  | 3789 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | // Anything that isn't an instruction is always available. | 
|  | 3791 | if (!MemberInst) | 
|  | 3792 | return Member; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 94090dd | 2017-09-02 02:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | if (DT->dominates(getBlockForValue(MemberInst), BB)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | return Member; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3795 | } | 
|  | 3796 | return nullptr; | 
|  | 3797 | } | 
|  | 3798 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | bool NewGVN::eliminateInstructions(Function &F) { | 
|  | 3800 | // This is a non-standard eliminator. The normal way to eliminate is | 
|  | 3801 | // to walk the dominator tree in order, keeping track of available | 
|  | 3802 | // values, and eliminating them.  However, this is mildly | 
|  | 3803 | // pointless. It requires doing lookups on every instruction, | 
|  | 3804 | // regardless of whether we will ever eliminate it.  For | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | // instructions part of most singleton congruence classes, we know we | 
|  | 3806 | // will never eliminate them. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 |  | 
|  | 3808 | // Instead, this eliminator looks at the congruence classes directly, sorts | 
|  | 3809 | // them into a DFS ordering of the dominator tree, and then we just | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | // perform elimination straight on the sets by walking the congruence | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | // class member uses in order, and eliminate the ones dominated by the | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | // last member.   This is worst case O(E log E) where E = number of | 
|  | 3813 | // instructions in a single congruence class.  In theory, this is all | 
|  | 3814 | // instructions.   In practice, it is much faster, as most instructions are | 
|  | 3815 | // either in singleton congruence classes or can't possibly be eliminated | 
|  | 3816 | // anyway (if there are no overlapping DFS ranges in class). | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | // When we find something not dominated, it becomes the new leader | 
| Daniel Berlin | 85cbc8c | 2016-12-26 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | // for elimination purposes. | 
|  | 3819 | // TODO: If we wanted to be faster, We could remove any members with no | 
|  | 3820 | // overlapping ranges while sorting, as we will never eliminate anything | 
|  | 3821 | // with those members, as they don't dominate anything else in our set. | 
|  | 3822 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3823 | bool AnythingReplaced = false; | 
|  | 3824 |  | 
|  | 3825 | // Since we are going to walk the domtree anyway, and we can't guarantee the | 
|  | 3826 | // DFS numbers are updated, we compute some ourselves. | 
|  | 3827 | DT->updateDFSNumbers(); | 
|  | 3828 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 0207cca | 2017-05-21 23:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | // Go through all of our phi nodes, and kill the arguments associated with | 
|  | 3830 | // unreachable edges. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | auto ReplaceUnreachablePHIArgs = [&](PHINode *PHI, BasicBlock *BB) { | 
|  | 3832 | for (auto &Operand : PHI->incoming_values()) | 
|  | 3833 | if (!ReachableEdges.count({PHI->getIncomingBlock(Operand), BB})) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Replacing incoming value of " << PHI | 
|  | 3835 | << " for block " | 
|  | 3836 | << getBlockName(PHI->getIncomingBlock(Operand)) | 
|  | 3837 | << " with undef due to it being unreachable\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 | Operand.set(UndefValue::get(PHI->getType())); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | } | 
|  | 3840 | }; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3841 | // Replace unreachable phi arguments. | 
|  | 3842 | // At this point, RevisitOnReachabilityChange only contains: | 
|  | 3843 | // | 
|  | 3844 | // 1. PHIs | 
|  | 3845 | // 2. Temporaries that will convert to PHIs | 
|  | 3846 | // 3. Operations that are affected by an unreachable edge but do not fit into | 
|  | 3847 | // 1 or 2 (rare). | 
|  | 3848 | // So it is a slight overshoot of what we want. We could make it exact by | 
|  | 3849 | // using two SparseBitVectors per block. | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, unsigned> ReachablePredCount; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | for (auto &KV : ReachableEdges) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | ReachablePredCount[KV.getEnd()]++; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | for (auto &BBPair : RevisitOnReachabilityChange) { | 
|  | 3854 | for (auto InstNum : BBPair.second) { | 
|  | 3855 | auto *Inst = InstrFromDFSNum(InstNum); | 
|  | 3856 | auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Inst); | 
|  | 3857 | PHI = PHI ? PHI : dyn_cast_or_null<PHINode>(RealToTemp.lookup(Inst)); | 
|  | 3858 | if (!PHI) | 
|  | 3859 | continue; | 
|  | 3860 | auto *BB = BBPair.first; | 
|  | 3861 | if (ReachablePredCount.lookup(BB) != PHI->getNumIncomingValues()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | ReplaceUnreachablePHIArgs(PHI, BB); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9b926e9 | 2017-09-30 23:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | // Map to store the use counts | 
|  | 3867 | DenseMap<const Value *, unsigned int> UseCounts; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | for (auto *CC : reverse(CongruenceClasses)) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Eliminating in congruence class " << CC->getID() | 
|  | 3870 | << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | // Track the equivalent store info so we can decide whether to try | 
|  | 3872 | // dead store elimination. | 
|  | 3873 | SmallVector<ValueDFS, 8> PossibleDeadStores; | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> ProbablyDead; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | if (CC->isDead() || CC->empty()) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | // Everything still in the TOP class is unreachable or dead. | 
|  | 3878 | if (CC == TOPClass) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | for (auto M : *CC) { | 
|  | 3880 | auto *VTE = ValueToExpression.lookup(M); | 
|  | 3881 | if (VTE && isa<DeadExpression>(VTE)) | 
|  | 3882 | markInstructionForDeletion(cast<Instruction>(M)); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | assert((!ReachableBlocks.count(cast<Instruction>(M)->getParent()) || | 
|  | 3884 | InstructionsToErase.count(cast<Instruction>(M))) && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 5c338ff | 2017-03-10 19:05:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | "Everything in TOP should be unreachable or dead at this " | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | "point"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e021d2d | 2017-05-19 20:22:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | b79f536 | 2017-02-11 12:48:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | continue; | 
|  | 3889 | } | 
|  | 3890 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 | assert(CC->getLeader() && "We should have had a leader"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3892 | // If this is a leader that is always available, and it's a | 
|  | 3893 | // constant or has no equivalences, just replace everything with | 
|  | 3894 | // it. We then update the congruence class with whatever members | 
|  | 3895 | // are left. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | Value *Leader = | 
|  | 3897 | CC->getStoredValue() ? CC->getStoredValue() : CC->getLeader(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 26addef | 2017-01-20 21:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | if (alwaysAvailable(Leader)) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | CongruenceClass::MemberSet MembersLeft; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3900 | for (auto M : *CC) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3901 | Value *Member = M; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3902 | // Void things have no uses we can replace. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3903 | if (Member == Leader || !isa<Instruction>(Member) || | 
|  | 3904 | Member->getType()->isVoidTy()) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3905 | MembersLeft.insert(Member); | 
|  | 3906 | continue; | 
|  | 3907 | } | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found replacement " << *(Leader) << " for " | 
|  | 3909 | << *Member << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | auto *I = cast<Instruction>(Member); | 
|  | 3911 | assert(Leader != I && "About to accidentally remove our leader"); | 
|  | 3912 | replaceInstruction(I, Leader); | 
|  | 3913 | AnythingReplaced = true; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3914 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3915 | CC->swap(MembersLeft); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3916 | } else { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | // If this is a singleton, we can skip it. | 
| Davide Italiano | 5974c31 | 2017-08-03 21:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | if (CC->size() != 1 || RealToTemp.count(Leader)) { | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | // This is a stack because equality replacement/etc may place | 
|  | 3920 | // constants in the middle of the member list, and we want to use | 
|  | 3921 | // those constant values in preference to the current leader, over | 
|  | 3922 | // the scope of those constants. | 
|  | 3923 | ValueDFSStack EliminationStack; | 
|  | 3924 |  | 
|  | 3925 | // Convert the members to DFS ordered sets and then merge them. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f1fbcc | 2017-01-09 05:34:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | SmallVector<ValueDFS, 8> DFSOrderedSet; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3927 | convertClassToDFSOrdered(*CC, DFSOrderedSet, UseCounts, ProbablyDead); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 |  | 
|  | 3929 | // Sort the whole thing. | 
| Fangrui Song | 0cac726 | 2018-09-27 02:13:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3930 | llvm::sort(DFSOrderedSet); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 2f1fbcc | 2017-01-09 05:34:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3931 | for (auto &VD : DFSOrderedSet) { | 
|  | 3932 | int MemberDFSIn = VD.DFSIn; | 
|  | 3933 | int MemberDFSOut = VD.DFSOut; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3934 | Value *Def = VD.Def.getPointer(); | 
|  | 3935 | bool FromStore = VD.Def.getInt(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | Use *U = VD.U; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | // We ignore void things because we can't get a value from them. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | if (Def && Def->getType()->isVoidTy()) | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3939 | continue; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3940 | auto *DefInst = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Def); | 
|  | 3941 | if (DefInst && AllTempInstructions.count(DefInst)) { | 
|  | 3942 | auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(DefInst); | 
|  | 3943 |  | 
|  | 3944 | // If this is a value phi and that's the expression we used, insert | 
|  | 3945 | // it into the program | 
|  | 3946 | // remove from temp instruction list. | 
|  | 3947 | AllTempInstructions.erase(PN); | 
|  | 3948 | auto *DefBlock = getBlockForValue(Def); | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3949 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Inserting fully real phi of ops" << *Def | 
|  | 3950 | << " into block " | 
|  | 3951 | << getBlockName(getBlockForValue(Def)) << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | PN->insertBefore(&DefBlock->front()); | 
|  | 3953 | Def = PN; | 
|  | 3954 | NumGVNPHIOfOpsEliminations++; | 
|  | 3955 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 |  | 
|  | 3957 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Elimination Stack is empty\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | } else { | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Elimination Stack Top DFS numbers are (" | 
|  | 3961 | << EliminationStack.dfs_back().first << "," | 
|  | 3962 | << EliminationStack.dfs_back().second << ")\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 |  | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Current DFS numbers are (" << MemberDFSIn << "," | 
|  | 3966 | << MemberDFSOut << ")\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | // First, we see if we are out of scope or empty.  If so, | 
|  | 3968 | // and there equivalences, we try to replace the top of | 
|  | 3969 | // stack with equivalences (if it's on the stack, it must | 
|  | 3970 | // not have been eliminated yet). | 
|  | 3971 | // Then we synchronize to our current scope, by | 
|  | 3972 | // popping until we are back within a DFS scope that | 
|  | 3973 | // dominates the current member. | 
|  | 3974 | // Then, what happens depends on a few factors | 
|  | 3975 | // If the stack is now empty, we need to push | 
|  | 3976 | // If we have a constant or a local equivalence we want to | 
|  | 3977 | // start using, we also push. | 
|  | 3978 | // Otherwise, we walk along, processing members who are | 
|  | 3979 | // dominated by this scope, and eliminate them. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 | bool ShouldPush = Def && EliminationStack.empty(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | bool OutOfScope = | 
|  | 3982 | !EliminationStack.isInScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); | 
|  | 3983 |  | 
|  | 3984 | if (OutOfScope || ShouldPush) { | 
|  | 3985 | // Sync to our current scope. | 
|  | 3986 | EliminationStack.popUntilDFSScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3987 | bool ShouldPush = Def && EliminationStack.empty(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | if (ShouldPush) { | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | EliminationStack.push_back(Def, MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | } | 
|  | 3991 | } | 
|  | 3992 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3993 | // Skip the Def's, we only want to eliminate on their uses.  But mark | 
|  | 3994 | // dominated defs as dead. | 
|  | 3995 | if (Def) { | 
|  | 3996 | // For anything in this case, what and how we value number | 
|  | 3997 | // guarantees that any side-effets that would have occurred (ie | 
|  | 3998 | // throwing, etc) can be proven to either still occur (because it's | 
|  | 3999 | // dominated by something that has the same side-effects), or never | 
|  | 4000 | // occur.  Otherwise, we would not have been able to prove it value | 
|  | 4001 | // equivalent to something else. For these things, we can just mark | 
|  | 4002 | // it all dead.  Note that this is different from the "ProbablyDead" | 
|  | 4003 | // set, which may not be dominated by anything, and thus, are only | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4004 | // easy to prove dead if they are also side-effect free. Note that | 
|  | 4005 | // because stores are put in terms of the stored value, we skip | 
|  | 4006 | // stored values here. If the stored value is really dead, it will | 
|  | 4007 | // still be marked for deletion when we process it in its own class. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | if (!EliminationStack.empty() && Def != EliminationStack.back() && | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | isa<Instruction>(Def) && !FromStore) | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | markInstructionForDeletion(cast<Instruction>(Def)); | 
|  | 4011 | continue; | 
|  | 4012 | } | 
|  | 4013 | // At this point, we know it is a Use we are trying to possibly | 
|  | 4014 | // replace. | 
|  | 4015 |  | 
|  | 4016 | assert(isa<Instruction>(U->get()) && | 
|  | 4017 | "Current def should have been an instruction"); | 
|  | 4018 | assert(isa<Instruction>(U->getUser()) && | 
|  | 4019 | "Current user should have been an instruction"); | 
|  | 4020 |  | 
|  | 4021 | // If the thing we are replacing into is already marked to be dead, | 
|  | 4022 | // this use is dead.  Note that this is true regardless of whether | 
|  | 4023 | // we have anything dominating the use or not.  We do this here | 
|  | 4024 | // because we are already walking all the uses anyway. | 
|  | 4025 | Instruction *InstUse = cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()); | 
|  | 4026 | if (InstructionsToErase.count(InstUse)) { | 
|  | 4027 | auto &UseCount = UseCounts[U->get()]; | 
|  | 4028 | if (--UseCount == 0) { | 
|  | 4029 | ProbablyDead.insert(cast<Instruction>(U->get())); | 
|  | 4030 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4031 | } | 
|  | 4032 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | // If we get to this point, and the stack is empty we must have a use | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | // with nothing we can use to eliminate this use, so just skip it. | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) | 
|  | 4036 | continue; | 
|  | 4037 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | Value *DominatingLeader = EliminationStack.back(); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4039 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | a76e5fa | 2017-05-18 21:43:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 | auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DominatingLeader); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 56cca74 | 2018-01-09 20:12:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | bool isSSACopy = II && II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssa_copy; | 
|  | 4042 | if (isSSACopy) | 
| Davide Italiano | a76e5fa | 2017-05-18 21:43:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | DominatingLeader = II->getOperand(0); | 
|  | 4044 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | d92e7f9 | 2017-01-07 00:01:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | // Don't replace our existing users with ourselves. | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 | if (U->get() == DominatingLeader) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | continue; | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() | 
|  | 4049 | << "Found replacement " << *DominatingLeader << " for " | 
|  | 4050 | << *U->get() << " in " << *(U->getUser()) << "\n"); | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 |  | 
|  | 4052 | // If we replaced something in an instruction, handle the patching of | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | // metadata.  Skip this if we are replacing predicateinfo with its | 
|  | 4054 | // original operand, as we already know we can just drop it. | 
|  | 4055 | auto *ReplacedInst = cast<Instruction>(U->get()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c0e008d | 2017-03-10 00:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4056 | auto *PI = PredInfo->getPredicateInfoFor(ReplacedInst); | 
|  | 4057 | if (!PI || DominatingLeader != PI->OriginalOp) | 
|  | 4058 | patchReplacementInstruction(ReplacedInst, DominatingLeader); | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | U->set(DominatingLeader); | 
|  | 4060 | // This is now a use of the dominating leader, which means if the | 
|  | 4061 | // dominating leader was dead, it's now live! | 
|  | 4062 | auto &LeaderUseCount = UseCounts[DominatingLeader]; | 
|  | 4063 | // It's about to be alive again. | 
|  | 4064 | if (LeaderUseCount == 0 && isa<Instruction>(DominatingLeader)) | 
|  | 4065 | ProbablyDead.erase(cast<Instruction>(DominatingLeader)); | 
| Florian Hahn | c214bc2 | 2018-12-15 00:32:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | // For copy instructions, we use their operand as a leader, | 
|  | 4067 | // which means we remove a user of the copy and it may become dead. | 
|  | 4068 | if (isSSACopy) { | 
|  | 4069 | unsigned &IIUseCount = UseCounts[II]; | 
|  | 4070 | if (--IIUseCount == 0) | 
|  | 4071 | ProbablyDead.insert(II); | 
|  | 4072 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | ++LeaderUseCount; | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | AnythingReplaced = true; | 
|  | 4075 | } | 
|  | 4076 | } | 
|  | 4077 | } | 
|  | 4078 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | e3e69e1 | 2017-03-10 00:32:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | // At this point, anything still in the ProbablyDead set is actually dead if | 
|  | 4080 | // would be trivially dead. | 
|  | 4081 | for (auto *I : ProbablyDead) | 
|  | 4082 | if (wouldInstructionBeTriviallyDead(I)) | 
|  | 4083 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); | 
|  | 4084 |  | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | // Cleanup the congruence class. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | CongruenceClass::MemberSet MembersLeft; | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 | for (auto *Member : *CC) | 
| Daniel Berlin | 08fe6e0 | 2017-04-06 18:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Member) || | 
|  | 4089 | !InstructionsToErase.count(cast<Instruction>(Member))) | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | MembersLeft.insert(Member); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | CC->swap(MembersLeft); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 |  | 
|  | 4093 | // If we have possible dead stores to look at, try to eliminate them. | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | if (CC->getStoreCount() > 0) { | 
|  | 4095 | convertClassToLoadsAndStores(*CC, PossibleDeadStores); | 
| Fangrui Song | 0cac726 | 2018-09-27 02:13:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | llvm::sort(PossibleDeadStores); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | ValueDFSStack EliminationStack; | 
|  | 4098 | for (auto &VD : PossibleDeadStores) { | 
|  | 4099 | int MemberDFSIn = VD.DFSIn; | 
|  | 4100 | int MemberDFSOut = VD.DFSOut; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 9a9c9ff | 2017-04-01 09:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | Instruction *Member = cast<Instruction>(VD.Def.getPointer()); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | if (EliminationStack.empty() || | 
|  | 4103 | !EliminationStack.isInScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut)) { | 
|  | 4104 | // Sync to our current scope. | 
|  | 4105 | EliminationStack.popUntilDFSScope(MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); | 
|  | 4106 | if (EliminationStack.empty()) { | 
|  | 4107 | EliminationStack.push_back(Member, MemberDFSIn, MemberDFSOut); | 
|  | 4108 | continue; | 
|  | 4109 | } | 
|  | 4110 | } | 
|  | 4111 | // We already did load elimination, so nothing to do here. | 
|  | 4112 | if (isa<LoadInst>(Member)) | 
|  | 4113 | continue; | 
|  | 4114 | assert(!EliminationStack.empty()); | 
|  | 4115 | Instruction *Leader = cast<Instruction>(EliminationStack.back()); | 
| Richard Trieu | 0b79aa3 | 2017-01-27 06:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4116 | (void)Leader; | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4117 | assert(DT->dominates(Leader->getParent(), Member->getParent())); | 
|  | 4118 | // Member is dominater by Leader, and thus dead | 
| Nicola Zaghen | d34e60c | 2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4119 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Marking dead store " << *Member | 
|  | 4120 | << " that is dominated by " << *Leader << "\n"); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | markInstructionForDeletion(Member); | 
| Daniel Berlin | a823656 | 2017-04-07 18:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | CC->erase(Member); | 
| Daniel Berlin | c479686 | 2017-01-27 02:37:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4123 | ++NumGVNDeadStores; | 
|  | 4124 | } | 
|  | 4125 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | } | 
| Davide Italiano | 7e274e0 | 2016-12-22 16:03:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | return AnythingReplaced; | 
|  | 4128 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4129 |  | 
|  | 4130 | // This function provides global ranking of operations so that we can place them | 
|  | 4131 | // in a canonical order.  Note that rank alone is not necessarily enough for a | 
|  | 4132 | // complete ordering, as constants all have the same rank.  However, generally, | 
|  | 4133 | // we will simplify an operation with all constants so that it doesn't matter | 
|  | 4134 | // what order they appear in. | 
|  | 4135 | unsigned int NewGVN::getRank(const Value *V) const { | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | // Prefer constants to undef to anything else | 
|  | 4137 | // Undef is a constant, have to check it first. | 
|  | 4138 | // Prefer smaller constants to constantexprs | 
|  | 4139 | if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) | 
|  | 4140 | return 2; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | return 1; | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 | if (isa<Constant>(V)) | 
|  | 4144 | return 0; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4145 | else if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | return 3 + A->getArgNo(); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | // Need to shift the instruction DFS by number of arguments + 3 to account for | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | // the constant and argument ranking above. | 
| Daniel Berlin | 21279bd | 2017-04-06 18:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | unsigned Result = InstrToDFSNum(V); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4151 | if (Result > 0) | 
| Daniel Berlin | b527b2c | 2017-05-19 19:01:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 | return 4 + NumFuncArgs + Result; | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | // Unreachable or something else, just return a really large number. | 
|  | 4154 | return ~0; | 
|  | 4155 | } | 
|  | 4156 |  | 
|  | 4157 | // This is a function that says whether two commutative operations should | 
|  | 4158 | // have their order swapped when canonicalizing. | 
|  | 4159 | bool NewGVN::shouldSwapOperands(const Value *A, const Value *B) const { | 
|  | 4160 | // Because we only care about a total ordering, and don't rewrite expressions | 
|  | 4161 | // in this order, we order by rank, which will give a strict weak ordering to | 
| Daniel Berlin | b355c4f | 2017-02-18 23:06:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4162 | // everything but constants, and then we order by pointer address. | 
| Daniel Berlin | f7d9580 | 2017-02-18 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | return std::make_pair(getRank(A), A) > std::make_pair(getRank(B), B); | 
| Daniel Berlin | 1c08767 | 2017-02-11 15:07:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | } | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 |  | 
| Benjamin Kramer | debb3c3 | 2017-05-26 20:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | namespace { | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | class NewGVNLegacyPass : public FunctionPass { | 
|  | 4169 | public: | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | // Pass identification, replacement for typeid. | 
|  | 4171 | static char ID; | 
|  | 4172 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | NewGVNLegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) { | 
|  | 4174 | initializeNewGVNLegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); | 
|  | 4175 | } | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override; | 
|  | 4178 |  | 
|  | 4179 | private: | 
|  | 4180 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { | 
|  | 4181 | AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); | 
|  | 4182 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4183 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4184 | AU.addRequired<MemorySSAWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4185 | AU.addRequired<AAResultsWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4186 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4187 | AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>(); | 
|  | 4188 | } | 
|  | 4189 | }; | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 |  | 
|  | 4191 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4192 |  | 
|  | 4193 | bool NewGVNLegacyPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) { | 
|  | 4194 | if (skipFunction(F)) | 
|  | 4195 | return false; | 
|  | 4196 | return NewGVN(F, &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(), | 
|  | 4197 | &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F), | 
|  | 4198 | &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(), | 
|  | 4199 | &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults(), | 
|  | 4200 | &getAnalysis<MemorySSAWrapperPass>().getMSSA(), | 
|  | 4201 | F.getParent()->getDataLayout()) | 
|  | 4202 | .runGVN(); | 
|  | 4203 | } | 
|  | 4204 |  | 
| Eugene Zelenko | 99241d7 | 2017-10-20 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4205 | char NewGVNLegacyPass::ID = 0; | 
|  | 4206 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(NewGVNLegacyPass, "newgvn", "Global Value Numbering", | 
|  | 4208 | false, false) | 
|  | 4209 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) | 
|  | 4210 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(MemorySSAWrapperPass) | 
|  | 4211 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) | 
|  | 4212 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) | 
|  | 4213 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AAResultsWrapperPass) | 
|  | 4214 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(GlobalsAAWrapperPass) | 
|  | 4215 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(NewGVNLegacyPass, "newgvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, | 
|  | 4216 | false) | 
|  | 4217 |  | 
| Daniel Berlin | 64e6899 | 2017-03-12 04:46:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | // createGVNPass - The public interface to this file. | 
|  | 4219 | FunctionPass *llvm::createNewGVNPass() { return new NewGVNLegacyPass(); } | 
|  | 4220 |  | 
|  | 4221 | PreservedAnalyses NewGVNPass::run(Function &F, AnalysisManager<Function> &AM) { | 
|  | 4222 | // Apparently the order in which we get these results matter for | 
|  | 4223 | // the old GVN (see Chandler's comment in GVN.cpp). I'll keep | 
|  | 4224 | // the same order here, just in case. | 
|  | 4225 | auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 4226 | auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 4227 | auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F); | 
|  | 4228 | auto &AA = AM.getResult<AAManager>(F); | 
|  | 4229 | auto &MSSA = AM.getResult<MemorySSAAnalysis>(F).getMSSA(); | 
|  | 4230 | bool Changed = | 
|  | 4231 | NewGVN(F, &DT, &AC, &TLI, &AA, &MSSA, F.getParent()->getDataLayout()) | 
|  | 4232 | .runGVN(); | 
|  | 4233 | if (!Changed) | 
|  | 4234 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); | 
|  | 4235 | PreservedAnalyses PA; | 
|  | 4236 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); | 
|  | 4237 | PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>(); | 
|  | 4238 | return PA; | 
|  | 4239 | } |